Operating Instructions

ManualsBrandsSiemens ManualsVariable Speed DriveSINAMICS PM230 (IP55/UL type 12) Power Module Getting Started

SINAMICS

SINAMICS G120

CU230P-2 Control Units

List Manual

04/2018Edition

www.siemens.com/drives

Summary of content (868 pages)

PAGE 1
List Manual SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units Edition 04/2018 www.siemens.
PAGE 2
PAGE 3
s SINAMICS SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual Control Units Firmware version CU230P-2_HVAC 4.7 SP10 CU230P-2_BT 4.7 SP10 CU230P-2_DP 4.7 SP10 CU230P-2_PN 4.7 SP10 CU230P-2_CAN 4.
PAGE 4
Legal information Warning concept This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to equipment damage have no safety alert symbol.
PAGE 5
Table of contents 1 2 3 Fundamental safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Warranty and liability for application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.3 Industrial security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
Table of contents 4 A 6 3.11 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667 3.12 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 3.13 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694 3.14 Free function blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
Fundamental safety instructions 1 Content 1.1 General safety instructions 8 1.2 Warranty and liability for application examples 8 1.
PAGE 8
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions 1.1 General safety instructions WARNING Danger to life if the safety instructions and residual risks are not observed If the safety instructions and residual risks in the associated hardware documentation are not observed, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur. • Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation. • Consider the residual risks for the risk evaluation.
PAGE 9
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.3 Industrial security 1.3 Industrial security Note Industrial security Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks. In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept.
PAGE 10
1 Fundamental safety instructions 1.
PAGE 11
2 Parameters Content 2.1 Overview of parameters 12 2.2 List of parameters 26 2.3 Parameters for data sets 524 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 534 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 545 2.
PAGE 12
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1.1 Explanation of the parameter list Basic structure of the parameter descriptions The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The table below contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the information is optional.
PAGE 13
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter number and the index or bit field (optional). Examples of the representation in the parameter list: • p... Adjustable parameters (read and write) • r... Display parameters (read only) • p0918 Adjustable parameter 918 • p2051[0...13] Adjustable parameter 2051, indices 0 to 13 • p1001[0...
PAGE 14
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters BICO: Full parameter name/Abbreviated name The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name: • BI: Binector Input This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal. • BO: Binector Output This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other parameters. • CI: Connector Input Connector Input) This parameter selects the source of an "analog" signal.
PAGE 15
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 16
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Parameters with a reference to p0340 after "Calculated" depend on the Power Module being used and the motor. In this case, the values at "Factory setting" do not correspond to the actual values because these values are calculated during the commissioning. This also applies to the motor parameters.
PAGE 17
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 18
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Normalization Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically converted for a BICO interconnection. The following reference variables are available: • p2000 … p2007: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc. • PERCENT: 1.0 = 100 % • 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 % (wort) or 4000 0000 hex = 100 % (double word) • p0514: specific normalization Refer to the description for p0514[0…9] and p0515[0…19] to p0524[0…19] Dyn.
PAGE 19
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 20
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-7 Unit group (p11126) Unit group Unit selection for p11126 = Value 9_3 Table 2-8 Reference variable for % Units The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p11126. Unit group (p11226) Unit group Unit selection for p11226 = Value 9_4 Reference variable for % Units The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in p11226. Function diagram The parameter is included in this function diagram.
PAGE 21
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Index The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed parameters. The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) of indexed adjustable parameters: • Min, Max: The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices. • Factory setting: When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to represent all indices.
PAGE 22
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Safety guidelines Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material damage. Information that must be observed to avoid any problems. Information that the user may find useful. 22 Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this manual, see "Legal information (Page 4)".
PAGE 23
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters 2.1.2 Number ranges of parameters Note The following number ranges represent an overview for all the parameters available for the SINAMICS drive family. The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of parameters (Page 26)".
PAGE 24
2 Parameters 2.1 Overview of parameters Table 2-9 Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued Range 24 Description From To 2720 2729 Load gearbox 2800 2819 Logic operations 2900 2930 Fixed values (e. g.
PAGE 25
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 26
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 2.2 List of parameters Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_PN, CU230P-2_BT r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 200 - Description: Operating display for the drive.
PAGE 27
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0010 Description: Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2800, 2818 Min Max Factory setting 0 49 1 Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive. Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
PAGE 28
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product. r0018 Control Unit firmware version / Firmware version Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Control Unit.
PAGE 29
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0024 Description: Output frequency smoothed / Output frequency Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz] Displays the smoothed output frequency. Frequency components from the slip compensation (for induction motors) are included.
PAGE 30
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). r0028 Modulation depth smoothed / Mod_depth smth Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 31
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / Power Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5730, 6799, 8750, 8850, 8950 Min Max Factory setting - [kW] - [kW] - [kW] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power.
PAGE 32
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2006 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8016, 8017 Min Max Factory setting - [°C] - [°C] - [°C] Description: Display and connector output for the actual temperature in the motor. Note: For r0035 not equal to -200.0 °C, the following applies: - this temperature display is valid.
PAGE 33
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5...10]). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13...18]). r0037[2]: Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures (r0037[11...12]). The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter, depletion layer, or rectifier. r0037[2, 3, 6, 11, 14...
PAGE 34
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0039[0...2] Description: CO: Energy display / Energy display Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [kWh] - [kWh] - [kWh] Displays the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit. Recommendation: r0042 should be used as process energy display. R0039 supplies as Bico source floating point values in Ws.
PAGE 35
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The signal can be displayed as process variable (scaling: 1 = 1 Wh). This is enabled in p0043. The display is also reset with p0040 = 1. If an enable is present in r0043 when the Control Unit powers up, then the value from r0039 is transferred into r0042. As r0039 serves as a reference signal for r0042, due to format reasons, the process energy display can only process values of r0039 up to 2147483 kWh. r0039 should also be reset using this value.
PAGE 36
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. - there is a "switching on inhibited". Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing), if: - the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal.
PAGE 37
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM240 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 300 - Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed controller optimization (rotating measurement).
PAGE 38
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0050.0...1 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the effective Command Data Set (CDS). Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Refer to: p0810, p0811, r0836 Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g.
PAGE 39
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 03: This signal is inverted if it is interconnected to a digital output. For r0052: The status bits have the following sources: Bit 00: r0899 Bit 0 Bit 01: r0899 Bit 1 Bit 02: r0899 Bit 2 Bit 03: r2139 Bit 3 (or r1214.
PAGE 40
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0054.0...15 CO/BO: Control word 1 / STW 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays control word 1.
PAGE 41
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 09 11 12 13 15 Note: DC braking enable Reserved Reserved External fault 1 (F07860) CDS bit 1 Yes No Yes No Yes No - CDS: Command Data Set DDS: Drive Data Set The following control bits are displayed in r0055: Bit 00: r1198.0 Bit 01: r1198.1 Bit 02: r1198.2 Bit 03: r1198.3 Bit 04: r0837.0 Bit 05: r0837.1 Bit 08: r2349.0 (negated) Bit 09: r1239.11 Bit 13: r2138.13 (negated) Bit 15: r0836.1 r0056.0...
PAGE 42
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 r0060 Voltage boost when starting Acceleration voltage Frequency negative Field weakening active Voltage limit active Slip limit active Frequency limit active Current limiting controller voltage output active Current/torque limiting Active Active Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Inactive Inactive No No No No No No 6301 6301 6714 6310 - Active Inactive 6060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt.
PAGE 43
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0064 CO: Speed controller system deviation / n_ctrl sys dev Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6040, 6824 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the actual system deviation of the speed controller. r0065 Slip frequency / f_Slip Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn.
PAGE 44
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Absolute current value = sqrt(Iq^2 + Id^2) The absolute value of the current actual value is available smoothed (r0027 with 300 ms, r0068[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0068[0]). r0069[0...8] CO: Phase current actual value / I_phase act val Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 45
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0072 CO: Output voltage / U_output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 6730, 6731, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Display and connector output for the actual output voltage of the power unit.
PAGE 46
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0076 CO: Current actual value field-generating / Id_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 5700, 5714, 5730, 6700, 6714, 6799 Min Max Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Display and connector output for the field-generating current actual value (Id_act).
PAGE 47
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Refer to: r0031, p0045 Note: The value is available smoothed (r0031 with 100 ms, r0080[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0080[0]). r0082[0...2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: r2004 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 48
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0089[0...2] Actual phase voltage / U_phase act val Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_3 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6730 Min Max Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Description: Displays the actual phase voltage. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W Note: The values are determined from the transistor switch-on duration.
PAGE 49
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0100 Description: IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 0 Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e.g. rated motor power, p0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp]. Depending on the selection, the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz.
PAGE 50
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(15) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min Max Factory setting 2 4 2 Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS). Dependency: Refer to: p0010, r3996 Notice: When the data sets are created, short-term communication interruptions may occur.
PAGE 51
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the unique code number of the power unit. Note: r0200 = 0: No power unit data found p0201[0...
PAGE 52
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 300: 350: 400: SINAMICS GL SINAMICS SL SINAMICS DCM Note: For parallel circuit configurations, the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware.
PAGE 53
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (see p0010 = 30, p0970). When the power unit use is changed, short-term communication interruptions may occur. Note: When the parameter is changed, all of the motor parameters (p0305 ... p0311), the technological application (p0500) and the control mode (p1300) are pre-assigned according to the selected application. The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload.
PAGE 54
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0207[0...4] Rated power unit current / PU PI_rated PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021 Min Max Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles.
PAGE 55
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Setting ranges for p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 230 V: - p0210 = 200 ... 240 V U_rated = 400 V: - p0210 = 380 ... 480 V U_rated = 690 V: - p0210 = 500 ... 690 V p0219 Braking resistor braking power / R_brake P_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: C(1, 2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func.
PAGE 56
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters --> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number --> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter Refer to: p0233, p0234, p0290, p1082, p1800, p1802 Note: The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit (e.g. PM260) is equipped with an internal sine-wave filter. For sine-wave filters, the test pulse evaluation to detect short-circuits is always deactivated.
PAGE 57
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0234 Power unit sine-wave filter capacitance / PU sine filter C PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(1, 2), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [µF] 1000.000 [µF] 0.000 [µF] Description: Enters the capacitance of a sine-wave filter connected at the power unit output.
PAGE 58
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0251[0...n] Operating hours counter power unit fan / PU fan t_oper PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: PDS, p0120 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [h] 4294967295 [h] 0 [h] Displays the power unit fan operating hours. The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter (e.g. after a fan has been replaced).
PAGE 59
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0289 CO: Maximum power unit output current / PU I_outp max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the actual maximum output current of the power unit taking into account derating factors.
PAGE 60
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0290 Power unit overload response / PU overld response PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 2 Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: - heat sink temperature (r0037[0]).
PAGE 61
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload / PU I2t alrm thresh Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021 Min Max Factory setting 10.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 95.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload.
PAGE 62
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0 105 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 63
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0 603 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 64
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0 105 0 Selecting the motor type.
PAGE 65
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0301[0...n] Description: Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list.
PAGE 66
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0306[0...n] Description: Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 50 1 Sets the number (count) of motors that can be operated in parallel using one motor data set. Depending on the motor number entered, internally an equivalent motor is calculated.
PAGE 67
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Once the Control Unit has booted for the first time or if the factory settings have been restored, the parameter is preassigned to match the power unit. p0309[0...n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 99.9 [%] 0.
PAGE 68
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0311[0...n] Description: Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [rpm] 210000.0 [rpm] 0.0 [rpm] Sets the rated motor speed (rating plate). For p0311 = 0, the rated motor slip of induction motors is internally calculated and displayed in r0330.
PAGE 69
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0316[0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(1, 3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Description: Unit group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm/A] 400.00 [Nm/A] 0.00 [Nm/A] Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor. p0316 = 0: The torque constant is calculated from the motor data.
PAGE 70
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned accordingly. Note: The parameter has no significance for a value of p0322 = 0. p0323[0...
PAGE 71
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0328[0...n] Motor reluctance torque constant / Mot kT_reluctance PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6721, 6836 Min Max Factory setting -1000.00 [mH] 1000.00 [mH] 0.00 [mH] Sets the reluctance torque constant for synchronous motors with reluctance torque (e.g. 1FE ... motors).
PAGE 72
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0332[0...n] Description: Rated motor power factor / Mot cos phi rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the rated power factor for induction motors. For IEC motors, the following applies (p0100 = 0): For p0308 = 0, the internally calculated power factor is displayed.
PAGE 73
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 5 0 Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the rating plate data.
PAGE 74
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically. p0342[0...n] Ratio between the total and motor moment of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6030, 6031, 6822 Min Max Factory setting 1.000 10000.000 1.
PAGE 75
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0346[0...n] Description: Motor excitation build-up time / Mot t_excitation Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Sets the excitation build-up time of the motor. This involves the delay time between enabling the pulses and enabling the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 76
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0352[0...n] Cable resistance / R_cable PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00000 [ohm] 120.00000 [ohm] 0.00000 [ohm] Description: Resistance of the power cable between the power unit and motor.
PAGE 77
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0356[0...n] Description: Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] 1000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH] Induction machine: sets the stator leakage inductance of the motor. Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor.
PAGE 78
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0360[0...n] Description: Motor magnetizing inductance / Mot Lh Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6727 Min Max Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] 10000.00000 [mH] 0.00000 [mH] Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor.
PAGE 79
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0364[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.flux 3 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6838 Min Max Factory setting 10.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 115.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 80
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0367[0...n] Description: Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. I_mag 2 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6723, 6838 Min Max Factory setting 5.0 [%] 800.0 [%] 75.0 [%] The saturation characteristics (flux as a function of the magnetizing current) is defined using 4 points.
PAGE 81
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0370[0...n] Description: Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm] Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature (p0625). The value does not include the cable resistance. Dependency: r0372[0...
PAGE 82
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0377[0...n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6640, 6714, 6721, 6828, 6834, 6836 Min Max Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor including the motor reactor (p0233). r0378[0...
PAGE 83
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0394[0...n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [kW] - [kW] - [kW] Description: Displays the rated motor power. Note: The parameter displays p0307. For p0307 = 0, r0394 is calculated from p0304 and p0305 (only for induction motors).
PAGE 84
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p0500 = 3 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1574 = 2 V - p1580 = 80 % (efficiency optimization) - p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency.
PAGE 85
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p1750: The setting of p1750 is only relevant for induction motors. p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency. This operating mode is possible for passive loads. These include applications where the load does not generate regenerative torque when breaking away and the motor comes to a standstill (zero speed) itself when the pulses are inhibited.
PAGE 86
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p1750: The setting of p1750 is only relevant for induction motors. p1750.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency. This operating mode is possible for passive loads. These include applications where the load does not generate regenerative torque when breaking away and the motor comes to a standstill (zero speed) itself when the pulses are inhibited.
PAGE 87
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: If the technological application is set to p0501 = 0, 1 during commissioning (p0010 = 1, 5, 30), the operating mode (p1300) is pre-set accordingly. Note: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows: - when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 - when writing p0340 = 1, 3, 5 For p0501 = 0, 1 and when the calculation is initiated, the following parameters are set: - p1802 = 0 - p1803 = 106 % - p3855.
PAGE 88
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 89
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = Parameters in p0515[0...19] [1] = Parameters in p0516[0...19] [2] = Parameters in p0517[0...19] [3] = Parameters in p0518[0...19] [4] = Parameters in p0519[0...19] [5] = Parameters in p0520[0...19] [6] = Parameters in p0521[0...19] [7] = Parameters in p0522[0...19] [8] = Parameters in p0523[0...19] [9] = Parameters in p0524[0...19] Dependency: Refer to: p0515, p0516, p0517, p0518, p0519, p0520, p0521, p0522, p0523, p0524 p0515[0...
PAGE 90
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0518[0...19] Description: Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[3] / Scal spec p514[3] Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[3] for the specific scaling. p0518[0]: parameter number p0518[1]: parameter number p0518[2]: parameter number ...
PAGE 91
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0521[2]: parameter number ... p0521[19]: parameter number Dependency: p0522[0...19] Description: Refer to: p0514 Scaling specific parameters referred to p0514[7] / Scal spec p514[7] Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 Sets the parameters with reference value in p0514[7] for the specific scaling.
PAGE 92
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0530[0...n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(1, 3) Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 104 0 Sets the bearing version. Corresponding to the bearing version entered, its code number (p0531) is automatically set.
PAGE 93
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is selected. When selecting a catalog motor, this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection. If p0532 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), then the maximum speed p1082, which is also associated with quick commissioning, is pre-assigned appropriately.
PAGE 94
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 25: 26: 27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48: Dependency: inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf lbf ft K rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg ppm kg/cm² Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1).
PAGE 95
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: For p0601 = 2, 6: If the motor temperature sensor is not connected but another encoder, then the temperature adaptation of the motor resistances must be switched out (p0620 = 0). Otherwise, in controlled-loop operation, torque errors will occur that will mean that the motor will not be able to be stopped. Note: For p0601 = 1: Tripping resistance = 1650 Ohm. Wire breakage and short-circuit monitoring. p0604[0...
PAGE 96
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0610[0...n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8016, 8017, 8018 Min Max Factory setting 0 12 12 Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.
PAGE 97
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0612[0...n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8017, 8018 Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0010 0000 0010 bin Description: Setting to activate the motor temperature model.
PAGE 98
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0613[0...n] Description: Mot_temp_mod 1/3 ambient temperature / Mod 1/3 amb_temp Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8017 Min Max Factory setting -40 [°C] 100 [°C] 20 [°C] Sets the ambient temperature for motor temperature model 1 or 3. - temperature model 1 (I2t, p0612.0 = 1): For firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.
PAGE 99
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0620[0...n] Thermal adaptation, stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 1 Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according to r0395 and r0396.
PAGE 100
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters When a flying restart is performed on a rotating motor, the temperatures of the thermal motor model are set to a third of the overtemperatures. This occurs only once, however, when the CU is booted (e.g. after a power failure). If identification is activated, the magnetizing time is determined via p0622 and not via p0346. Quick magnetizing (p1401.6) is de-energized internally and alarm A07416 is displayed. The speed is enabled after completion of the measurement.
PAGE 101
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0622[0...n] Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after switching on again / t_excit Rs_id Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 20.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after switching on again (restart).
PAGE 102
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0, then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0627[0...n] Motor overtemperature, stator winding / Mot T_over stator Description: Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,2 Can be changed: C(3), U, T Scaling: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: 21_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 103
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The reference value to identify the stator resistance is determined at the first identification. This must be realized when the motor is in a cold state, as the value refers to the ambient temperature p0625. The feeder cable resistance should be entered into p0352 before the measurement. The result must be saved after the first measurement so that the reference is available after the CU has powered up.
PAGE 104
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters The torque and power limits (p1520, p1521, p1530, p1531) matching the current limit are automatically calculated when exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 or using the automatic parameterization with p0340 = 3, 5. p0640 is limited to 4.0 x p0305. p0640 is pre-assigned for the automatic self commissioning routine (e.g. to 1.5 x p0305, with p0305 = r0207[1]). p0640 must be entered when commissioning the system.
PAGE 105
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p0651 = 0, the operating hours counter is disabled. When setting p0651 to 0, then p0650 is automatically set to 0. The operating hours counter only runs with drive data set 0 and 1 (DDS). r0720[0...4] CU number of inputs and outputs / CU I/O count Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 106
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal r0723.0...12 CO/BO: CU digital inputs status inverted / CU DI status inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2119, 2120, 2121, 2130, 2131, 2132, 2133 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs.
PAGE 107
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0053.0 DC braking active r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off) r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min) r0053.3 I_act > p2170 r0053.4 n_act > p2155 r0053.5 n_act <= p2155 r0053.6 n_act >= n_set r0053.10 Technology controller output at the lower limit r0053.11 Technology controller output at the upper limit Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
PAGE 108
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0052.2 Operation enabled r0052.3 Fault present r0052.4 Coast down active (OFF2) r0052.5 Quick stop active (OFF3) r0052.6 Switching on inhibited active r0052.7 Alarm present r0052.9 Control request r0052.14 Motor rotates forwards r0053.0 DC braking active r0053.1 n_act > p2167 (n_off) r0053.2 n_act <= p1080 (n_min) r0053.3 I_act > p2170 r0053.4 n_act > p2155 r0053.5 n_act <= p2155 r0053.6 n_act >= n_set r0053.10 Technology controller output at the lower limit r0053.
PAGE 109
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0751.0...11 BO: CU analog inputs status word / CU AI status word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2251, 2252 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and binector output for the status of the analog inputs. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 08 09 10 11 Note: AI: Analog Input r0752[0...
PAGE 110
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0755[0...3] CO: CU analog inputs actual value in percent / CU AI value in % Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Displays the currently referred input value of the analog inputs. Index: [0] = AI0 (T. 3/4) [1] = AI1 (T. 10/11) [2] = AI2 (T. 50/51) [3] = AI3 (T.
PAGE 111
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When changing p0756, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p0757, p0758, p0759, p0760) are overwritten with the following default values: For p0756 = 0, 4, p0757 is set to 0.0 V, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 10.0 V and p0760 = 100.0 %. For p0756 = 1, p0757 is set to 2.0 V, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 10.0 V and p0760 = 100.0 %. For p0756 = 2, p0757 is set to 0.0 mA, p0758 = 0.0 %, p0759 = 20.0 mA and p0760 = 100.0 %. For p0756 = 3, p0757 is set to 4.0 mA, p0758 = 0.
PAGE 112
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0760[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs characteristic value y2 / CU AI char y2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9566, 9568, 9576 Min Max Factory setting -1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs. The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
PAGE 113
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0764[0...3] Description: CU analog inputs dead zone / CU AI dead zone Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2251 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 20.000 0.000 Determines the width of the dead zone at the analog input. Analog input type unipolar (e.g. 0 ... +10 V): The dead zone starts with the characteristic value x1/y1 (p0757/p0758).
PAGE 114
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0773[0...2] CU analog outputs smoothing time constant / CU AO T_smooth Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9572 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st order lowpass filter for the analog outputs.
PAGE 115
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index: [0] = AO0 (T 12/13) [1] = AO1 (T 26/27) [2] = Reserved Note: When changing p0776, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p0777, p0778, p0779, p0780) are overwritten with the following default values: For p0776 = 0, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 0.0 mA, p0779 = 100.0 % and p0780 to 20.0 mA. For p0776 = 1, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 0.0 V, p0779 = 100.0 % and p0780 to 10.0 V. For p0776 = 2, p0777 is set to 0.0 %, p0778 = 4.0 mA, p0779 = 100.
PAGE 116
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0776 Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p0776 (type of analog outputs). Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect. p0780[0...2] Description: CU analog outputs characteristic value y2 / CU AO char y2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 117
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0791[0...1] CO: Fieldbus analog outputs / Fieldbus AO CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_BT Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting -200.000 [%] 200.000 [%] 0.000 [%] Description: Setting and connector output to control the analog outputs via fieldbus.
PAGE 118
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p0795. Refer to: p0795 Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed up (p0971). AI: Analog Input DI: Digital Input T: Terminal p0797[0...3] CU analog inputs simulation mode / CU AI sim_mode Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 119
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The volatile device memory is not influenced by data transfer. p0803 Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 30 0 Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to the non-volatile device memory.
PAGE 120
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 12: 1001: 1002: 1003: 1100: Inactive Memory card to device memory Device memory to memory card Device memory (GSD files) to memory card File on memory card cannot be opened File in device memory cannot be opened Memory card not found File cannot be transferred Recommendation: When switching off/switching on, a possibly valid parameter backup is loaded to the memory card with setting 0.
PAGE 121
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Example 3 (only supported for PROFIBUS/PROFINET): The PROFIBUS or PROFINET device master data (GSD) should be transferred from the device memory to the memory card. p0802 = (not relevant) p0803 = (not relevant) p0804 = 12 (start transferring the GSD files to the memory card) --> The GSD files are transferred from the device memory to the memory card and stored in the /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/CFG directory.
PAGE 122
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example. p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 Description: Copies one Command Data Set (CDS) into another.
PAGE 123
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0811 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 1 / CDS select., bit 1 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8560 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 1 (CDS bit 1).
PAGE 124
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0826[0...n] Description: Motor changeover motor number / Mot_chng mot No. Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 Sets the freely assignable motor number for the drive data set changeover. If the same motor is driven by different drive data sets, the same motor number must also be entered in these data sets.
PAGE 125
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8565 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input.
PAGE 126
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056. The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056. For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switching on inhibited is acknowledged. Only the signal source that originally switched on can also switch off again.
PAGE 127
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2 PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 8720, 8820, 8920 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
PAGE 128
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal - OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p1135), then pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal - no OFF3 (enable is possible) Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0848[0...
PAGE 129
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2 PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - 4022.2 Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
PAGE 130
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 2090.10 [1] 1 [2] 2090.10 [3] 2090.
PAGE 131
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: F07802, F30027 Notice: The maximum time to precharge the DC link is monitored in the power unit and cannot be changed. The maximum precharging duration depends on the power unit. The monitoring time for the precharging is started after the ON command (BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal). Fault F30027 is output when the maximum precharging duration is exceeded. Note: The factory setting for p0857 depends on the power unit.
PAGE 132
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0867 Power unit main contactor holding time after OFF1 / PU t_MC after OFF1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 500.0 [ms] 50.
PAGE 133
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0898.0...10 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and connector output for the control word of the sequence control. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 Note: OC: Operating condition r0899.0...
PAGE 134
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 2) Using p0918 --> Only if all of the DIP switches are set to ON or OFF. --> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM". --> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126 Address 126 is used for commissioning. Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
PAGE 135
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1 ... r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8 ... r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1 ... r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8 r0946[0...
PAGE 136
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6700, 8060 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset. Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
PAGE 137
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0964[1] = 5702 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_CAN r0964[1] = 5703 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_HVAC r0964[1] = 5705 --> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2_BT r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 138
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p0971 Description: Save parameters / Save par Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 30 0 Setting to save parameters in the non-volatile memory. When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
PAGE 139
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters To check the reset operation: After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established, read p0972 and check the following: p0972 = 0? --> the reset was successfully executed. p0972 = 0? --> the reset was not executed. r0980[0...299] List of existing parameters 1 / List avail par 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 140
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang par 1 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive. Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999 Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98.
PAGE 141
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 200 2 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 142
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_DP Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 200 6 Sets the source for the speed setpoint. For single-digit values, the following applies: The value specifies the main setpoint.
PAGE 143
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922. For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 = 999. When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. p1000[0...n] Speed setpoint selection / n_set sel CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 1 Calculated: - CU230P-2_BT Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 144
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: If p1000 is selected as the main setpoint of the fieldbus, the following BICO interconnection is set automatically: p2051[1] = r0063 Notice: The parameter is possibly protected as a result of p0922. For PROFIBUS/PROFINET Control Units, the following applies: The parameter can be freely set by setting p0922 = 999. When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active. p1001[0...
PAGE 145
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1005[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 5 / n_set_fixed 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 5.
PAGE 146
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1010[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 10 / n_set_fixed 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 10.
PAGE 147
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1015[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 15 / n_set_fixed 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3010 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Setting and connector output for fixed speed setpoint 15.
PAGE 148
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1022[0...n] BI: Fixed speed setpoint selection Bit 2 / n_set_fixed Bit 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3010, 3011 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for selecting the fixed speed setpoint. Dependency: Selects the required fixed speed setpoint using p1020 ... p1023.
PAGE 149
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 00: When the fixed speed setpoints are directly selected (p1016 = 1), this bit is set if at least 1 fixed speed setpoint is selected. p1030[0...n] Motorized potentiometer configuration / Mop configuration Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 150
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1035[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer setpoint raise / Mop raise CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 151
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1038[0...n] Motorized potentiometer minimum speed / MotP n_min Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the minimum speed/velocity for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 152
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1043[0...n] BI: Motorized potentiometer accept setting value / MotP acc set val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3020 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to accept the setting value for the motorized potentiometer.
PAGE 153
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1050 Description: CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint after ramp-function generator / Mot poti setpoint Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3020 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Sets the effective setpoint after the internal motorized potentiometer ramp-function generator.
PAGE 154
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1055[0...n] BI: Jog bit 0 / Jog bit 0 CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501, 3030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for jog 1.
PAGE 155
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: p1059[0...n] Description: Refer to: p1055, p1056 Jog 2 speed setpoint / Jog 2 n_set Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3030 Min Max Factory setting -210000.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] -150.000 [rpm] Sets the speed for jog 2. Jogging (JOG) is level-triggered, and allows the motor to be incrementally traversed.
PAGE 156
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1071[0...n] CI: Main setpoint scaling / Main setp scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3001, 3030 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the signal source for scaling the main setpoint.
PAGE 157
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1079 Interpolator clock cycle for speed setpoints / Interp_cyc n_set CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_PN Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - CU230P-2_BT Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 127.00 [ms] 0.00 [ms] Description: Sets the time with which new speed setpoints are interpolated.
PAGE 158
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1081 Description: Maximum speed scaling / n_max scal Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050, 3095 Min Max Factory setting 100.00 [%] 105.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Sets the scaling for the maximum speed (p1082). For a higher-level speed control, this scaling allows the maximum speed to be briefly exceeded.
PAGE 159
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1082[0...n] Maximum speed / n_max PM330 Access level: 1 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3020, 3050, 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 1500.000 [rpm] Description: Sets the highest possible speed setpoint.
PAGE 160
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1087 CO: Speed limit negative effective / n_limit neg eff Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050, 7958 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the active negative speed limit.
PAGE 161
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1094[0...n] Skip speed 4 / n_skip 4 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 210000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Description: Sets skip speed 4.
PAGE 162
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1106[0...n] CI: Minimum speed signal source / n_min s_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3050 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for lowest possible motor speed. Dependency: Refer to: p1080 Notice: The effective minimum speed is formed from p1080 and p1106. p1108[0...
PAGE 163
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1111[0...n] BI: Inhibit positive direction / Inhib pos dir Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2505, 3040 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to disable the positive direction.
PAGE 164
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1114 CO: Setpoint after the direction limiting / Setp after limit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3040, 3050 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Description: Displays the speed/velocity setpoint after the changeover and limiting the direction.
PAGE 165
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1121[0...n] Ramp-function generator ramp-down time / RFG ramp-down time PM230 Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999999.000 [s] 30.000 [s] Sets the ramp-down time for the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 166
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The setting should be based on the startup times (r0345) of the motor. If the maximum speed p1082 changes, p1123 is re-calculated. p1127[0...n] Ramp-function generator minimum ramp-down time / RFG t_RD min PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999999.
PAGE 167
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1131[0...n] Ramp-function generator final rounding-off time / RFG t_end_delay PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 2.000 [s] Sets the final rounding-off time for the extended ramp generator. The value applies to ramp-up and ramp-down.
PAGE 168
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1135[0...n] OFF3 ramp-down time / OFF3 t_RD PM230 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: C(1), U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 5400.000 [s] 30.000 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time from the maximum speed down to zero speed for the OFF3 command.
PAGE 169
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1136[0...n] OFF3 initial rounding-off time / RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: p1137[0...n] Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3070 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 30.000 [s] 0.500 [s] Sets the initial rounding-off time for OFF3 for the extended ramp generator.
PAGE 170
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective. Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p1140[0...n] BI: Enable ramp-function generator/inhibit ramp-function generator / Enable RFG CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 171
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1141[0...n] BI: Continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator / Continue RFG CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Sets the signal source for the command "continue ramp-function generator/freeze ramp-function generator".
PAGE 172
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1142[0...n] BI: Enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint / Setpoint enable CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2501 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Sets the signal source for the command "enable setpoint/inhibit setpoint".
PAGE 173
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1145[0...n] Description: Ramp-function generator tracking intensity. / RFG track intens Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 3080 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 50.0 0.0 Sets the ramp-function generator tracking.
PAGE 174
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1170 Description: CO: Speed controller setpoint sum / Speed setpoint sum Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 3001, 3080, 6300 Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after selecting the ramp-function generator.
PAGE 175
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 06 07 08 Note: Maximum limit active Ramp-function generator acceleration positive Ramp-function generator acceleration negative Yes Yes No No - Yes No - For bit 02: The bit is the result of the OR logic operation - bit 00 and bit 01. p1200[0...n] Description: Flying restart operating mode / FlyRest op_mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 176
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1202[0...n] Flying restart search current / FlyRest I_srch PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 10 [%] 400 [%] 90 [%] Sets the search current for the "flying restart" function. The value is referred to the motor magnetizing current.
PAGE 177
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1203[0...n] Flying restart search rate factor / FlyRst v_Srch Fact PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 10 [%] 4000 [%] 150 [%] Sets the factor for the search speed for flying restart. The value influences the rate at which the output frequency is changed during a flying restart .
PAGE 178
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 09 10 11 12 13 Current minimum Search in the positive direction Stop after positive direction Stop after negative direction No result Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No r1204.0...15 CO/BO: Flying restart U/f control status / FlyRest Uf st PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 179
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 00 ... 09: Used to control internal sequences during the flying restart. Depending on the motor type (p0300), the number of active bits differs. For bits 10 ... 15: Are used to monitor the flying restart sequence. r1205.0...20 CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st PM330 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 180
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1210 Automatic restart mode / AR mode Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 26 0 Description: Sets the automatic restart mode (AR). Value: 0: 1: 4: 6: 14: 16: 26: Recommendation: For brief line supply failures, the motor shaft may still be rotating when restarting.
PAGE 181
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1211 Automatic restart start attempts / AR start attempts Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 10 3 Description: Sets the start attempts of the automatic restart function for p1210 = 4, 6, 14, 16, 26. Dependency: A change is only accepted and made in the state "initialization" (r1214.0) and "wait for alarm" (r1214.1).
PAGE 182
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1213[0...1] Automatic restart monitoring time / AR t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [s] 10000.0 [s] [0] 60.0 [s] [1] 0.0 [s] Description: Sets the monitoring time of the automatic restart (AR).
PAGE 183
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 00: State to display the single initialization after POWER ON. For bit 01: State in which the automatic restart function waits for faults (initial state). For bit 02: General display that a fault has been identified and that the restart or acknowledgment has been initiated. For bit 03: Displays the acknowledge command within the "acknowledge alarms" state (bit 4 = 1). For bit 5 = 1 or bit 6 = 1, the acknowledge command is continually displayed.
PAGE 184
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1227 Description: Zero speed detection monitoring time / n_standst t_monit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 300.000 [s] Sets the monitoring time for the standstill identification.
PAGE 185
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1231[0...n] DC braking configuration / DCBRK config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7014, 7016, 7017 Min Max Factory setting 0 14 0 Description: Setting to activate DC braking.
PAGE 186
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1233[0...n] DC braking time / DCBRK time Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7017 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [s] 3600.0 [s] 1.0 [s] Description: Sets the DC braking time (as fault response). Dependency: Refer to: p1230, p1231, p1232, p1234, r1239 p1234[0...
PAGE 187
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: p1240 = 1, 3: When the DC link voltage limit specified for the power unit is reached the following applies: - the Vdc_max controller limits the regenerative energy in order that the DC link voltage is kept below the maximum DC link voltage when braking. - the ramp-down times are automatically increased. If overvoltage faults occur in spite of the Vdc_max controller being active, the ramp-down time in p1121 might need to be increased.
PAGE 188
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) Notice: If the activation level of the Vdc_max controller is already exceeded in the deactivated state (pulse inhibit) by the DC link voltage, then the controller can be automatically deactivated (see F07401), so that the drive is not accelerated the next time that it is activated.
PAGE 189
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1246 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6220 Min Max Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 190
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 1.00 Description: Sets the proportional gain for the DC link voltage controller (Vdc_min controller, Vdc_max controller).
PAGE 191
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Standard Drive Control" (SDC, p0096 = 1) p1255[0...n] Vdc_min controller time threshold / Vdc_min t_thresh PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 1800.000 [s] 0.
PAGE 192
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1260 Bypass configuration / Bypass config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 3 0 Description: Sets the configuration for the bypass function. Value: 0: 3: Dependency: The "Bypass" function is only available for induction motors.
PAGE 193
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1263 Debypass delay time / Debypass t_del Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 300.000 [s] 1.000 [s] Description: Sets the delay time to switch back to converter operation for a non-synchronized bypass. Dependency: The "Bypass" function is only available for induction motors.
PAGE 194
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter only has an effect for a non-synchronized bypass. p1267.0 = 1: The bypass is initiated by setting a binary signal. When the command is reset, after the debypass delay time (p1263) has expired, operation at the power unit is re-selected. p1267.1 = 1: When the speed threshold entered in p1265 is reached, the bypass is switched in. The system only switches back when the speed setpoint again falls below the threshold value. p1269[0...
PAGE 195
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1271[0...n] Flying restart maximum frequency for the inhibited direction / FlyRes f_max dir PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [Hz] 650 [Hz] 0 [Hz] Description: Sets the maximum search frequency for a flying restart in an inhibited setpoint direction (p1110, p1111).
PAGE 196
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1280[0...n] Vdc controller configuration (U/f) / Vdc_ctr config U/f PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6320, 6854 Min Max Factory setting 0 3 1 Description: Sets the configuration of the controller for the DC link voltage (Vdc controller) in the U/f operating mode.
PAGE 197
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1282 Vdc_max controller switch-in level (U/f) / Vdc_max on_level PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320, 6854 Min Max Factory setting - [V] - [V] - [V] Displays the switch-in level for the Vdc_max controller.
PAGE 198
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Warning: An excessively high value may adversely affect normal drive operation. r1286 Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) (U/f) / Vdc_min on_level PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - PM330 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 199
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1292[0...n] Vdc controller rate time (U/f) / Vdc_ctrl t_rate PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240, PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6320, 6854 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 10 [ms] Description: Sets the rate time constant for the Vdc controller (DC link voltage controller).
PAGE 200
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1297[0...n] Vdc_min controller speed threshold (U/f) / Vdc_min n_thresh PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 50.00 [rpm] Sets the speed threshold for the Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering).
PAGE 201
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 4: 7: 20: Dependency: U/f control with linear characteristic and ECO U/f control for a parabolic characteristic and ECO Speed control (encoderless) For Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1), settings p1300 = 0, 2 are possible, for Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) only p1300 = 20 can be set. Only operation with U/f characteristic is possible if the rated motor speed is not entered (p0311).
PAGE 202
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 04: Field orientation for the closed-loop control of application class Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1). The field orientation is activated with the automatic calculation if p0096 is set = 1. For bit 05 (only effective for p1302.4 = 1): The starting current when accelerating (p1311) generally results in an increase in the absolute current and flux. With p1302.5 = 1 the current is only increased in the direction of the load. p1302.
PAGE 203
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1310[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) permanent / I_start (Ua) perm PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300, 6301, 6851 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 250.0 [%] 50.0 [%] Defines the voltage boost as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).
PAGE 204
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The voltage boost when accelerating can improve the response to small, positive setpoint changes. Assigning priorities for the voltage boosts: refer to p1310 p1311[0...n] Starting current (voltage boost) when accelerating / I_start accel PM240 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 205
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Not visible with application class: "Dynamic Drive Control" (DDC, p0096 = 2) Refer to: p1310, p1311, p1312 p1331[0...n] Description: Voltage limiting / U_lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300 Min Max Factory setting 50.00 [Vrms] 2000.00 [Vrms] 1000.00 [Vrms] Limiting the voltage setpoint.
PAGE 206
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The purpose of slip compensation is to maintain a constant motor speed regardless of the applied load. The fact that the motor speed decreases with increasing load is a typical characteristic of induction motors. For synchronous motors, this effect does not occur and the parameter has no effect in this case.
PAGE 207
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1336[0...n] Slip compensation limit value / Slip comp lim val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310, 6853 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [%] 600.00 [%] 250.00 [%] Description: Sets the limit value for slip compensation in [%] referred to r0330 (motor rated slip).
PAGE 208
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1340[0...n] Description: I_max frequency controller proportional gain / I_max_ctrl Kp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6300 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 0.500 0.000 Sets the proportional gain of the I_max frequency controller.
PAGE 209
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1344 I_max controller voltage output / I_max_ctrl U_outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6300 Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Displays the amount by which the converter output voltage is reduced.
PAGE 210
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1349[0...n] Description: U/f mode resonance damping maximum frequency / Uf res_damp f_max Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6310 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Hz] 3000.00 [Hz] 0.00 [Hz] Sets the maximum output frequency for resonance damping for U/f control. Resonance damping is inactive above this output frequency.
PAGE 211
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1400[0...n] Speed control configuration / n_ctrl config PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6490 Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0011 1000 1000 0000 0010 0001 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the closed-loop speed control.
PAGE 212
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 02: The flux build-up control operates during the magnetizing phase p0346 of the induction motor. If it is switched out, a constant current setpoint is injected and the flux is built up corresponding to the rotor time constant. For bit 03: Synchronous-reluctance motor: Activation of the load-dependent optimum flux characteristic. For bit 06: Magnetizing is performed with maximum current (0.9 * r0067).
PAGE 213
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 02: The current controller adaptation (p0391 ... p0393) is only calculated when the bit is set. For bits 10, 12: Only for closed-loop controlled reluctance motor: The gain of the d, q current controller is realized adaptively at the saturation model depending on the operating point. Parameters p1720, p1715 act as scaling factor. For bit 13: only permanent magnet synchronous motors For stabilization in the field weakening range. p1402[0...
PAGE 214
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1408.0...14 CO/BO: Status word current controller / ZSW I_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2530 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the current controller.
PAGE 215
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1452[0...n] Speed controller speed actual value smoothing time (sensorless) / n_C n_act T_s SL Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6040 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 32000.00 [ms] 10.00 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time for the actual speed of the speed controller for encoderless closed-loop speed control.
PAGE 216
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1465[0...n] Description: Speed controller adaptation speed upper / n_ctrl n upper Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6050 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] 210000.00 [rpm] Sets the upper adaptation speed of the speed controller. No adaptation is effective above this speed.
PAGE 217
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1472[0...n] Description: Speed controller encoderless operation integral time / n_ctrl SL Tn Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6040, 6050 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 100000.0 [ms] 20.0 [ms] Set the integral time for encoderless operation for the speed controller.
PAGE 218
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1496[0...n] Acceleration precontrol scaling / a_prectrl scal PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6020, 6031 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 10000.0 [%] 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the acceleration precontrol of the speed/velocity controller.
PAGE 219
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper Access level: 2 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6630 Min Max Factory setting -1000000.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the fixed, upper torque limit.
PAGE 220
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Danger: Positive values resulting from the signal source and scaling can cause the motor to accelerate in an uncontrolled manner. p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper/motoring scaling / M_max up/mot scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 5620, 5630 Min Max Factory setting -2000.0 [%] 2000.0 [%] 100.
PAGE 221
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1528[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6630 Min Max Factory setting - - 1524[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the scaling of the upper torque limit in p1522.
PAGE 222
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1533 Current limit torque-generating total / Iq_max total Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2002 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6640 Min Max Factory setting - [Arms] - [Arms] - [Arms] Description: Displays the maximum torque/force generating current as a result if all current limits.
PAGE 223
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1539 Description: CO: Lower effective torque limit / M_max lower eff Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2003 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6020, 6640 Min Max Factory setting - [Nm] - [Nm] - [Nm] Display and connector output for the actual effective lower torque limit.
PAGE 224
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1553[0...n] Stall limit scaling / Stall limit scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 80.0 [%] 130.0 [%] 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the stall limit for the start of field weakening.
PAGE 225
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1568[0...5] Description: CO: Synchronous reluctance motor flux channel / RESM flux channel Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Display and connector output for signals of the flux channel for a synchronous reluctance motor (RESM).
PAGE 226
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1574[0...n] Voltage reserve dynamic / U_reserve dyn PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM330 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6723, 6724 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [Vrms] 150.0 [Vrms] 2.0 [Vrms] Description: Sets a dynamic voltage reserve.
PAGE 227
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: To avoid remagnetization processes for load-dependent flux characteristics and for fast load changes, the time constant to reduce the flux setpoint must be set to an appropriately high value. As a consequence, it is preset with a multiple of the time constant used for the flux build up. p1579[0...
PAGE 228
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1580[0...n] Efficiency optimization / Efficiency opt. PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722 Min Max Factory setting 0 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%] Sets the efficiency optimization. When optimizing the efficiency, the flux setpoint of the closed-loop control is adapted as a function of the load.
PAGE 229
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1586[0...n] Field weakening characteristic scaling / Field weak scal Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 80.0 [%] 120.0 [%] 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling of the precontrol characteristic for the start of field weakening.
PAGE 230
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1595[0...n] Description: Field weakening controller additional setpoint / Field_ctr add_setp Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6726 Min Max Factory setting -80.00 [%] 50.00 [%] 0.00 [%] Sets an additional setpoint for the field weakening controller. The value refers to the dynamic voltage reserve (p1574).
PAGE 231
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1601[0...n] Description: Current injection ramp time / I_inject t_ramp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 232
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1614 EMF maximum / EMF max Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6725 Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Displays the actual maximum possible electromotive force (EMF) of the separately excited synchronous motor. Dependency: The value is the basis for the flux setpoint.
PAGE 233
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1654[0...n] Curr. setpoint torque-gen. smoothing time field weakening range / Isq_s T_smth FW Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6710 Min Max Factory setting 0.1 [ms] 50.0 [ms] 4.8 [ms] Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the setpoint of the torque-generating current components.
PAGE 234
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1722[0...n] Current controller d axis integral time / I_ctrl d-axis Tn Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time of the d-current controller.
PAGE 235
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1733[0...1] CO: Quadrature-axis voltage setpoint / Quad U set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 6714, 6731 Min Max Factory setting - [Vrms] - [Vrms] - [Vrms] Description: Display and connector output for the quadrature axis voltage setpoint Uq.
PAGE 236
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1749[0...n] Description: Motor model increase changeover speed encoderless operation / Incr n_chng no enc Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 99.0 [%] 50.0 [%] Minimum operating frequency for rugged operation.
PAGE 237
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 6 = 1: The following applies for sensorless vector control of induction motors: For a blocked motor (see p2175, p2177) the time condition in p1758 is bypassed and a change is not made into open-loop controlled operation. For bit 7 = 1: The following applies for sensorless vector control of induction motors: If the changeover limits are parameterized too low (p1755, p1756), then they are automatically increased to rugged values by the absolute amount p1749 * p1755.
PAGE 238
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters If bit 2 = 1, then bit 3 is automatically set to 1. Manual de-selection is possible and may be sensible if the saturation characteristic (p1960) was not measured for third-party motors. Generally, for standard SIEMENS motors, the already pre-assigned (default value) saturation characteristic is adequate. When the bit is set, the selection of bits 0 and 1 is ignored. For bit 2 = 0: Bit 3 is also automatically deactivated.
PAGE 239
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Bits 0 ... 2 only have an influence for sensorless vector control, bit 2 is pre-assigned depending on p0500. For bit 2 = 1: The sensorless vector control is effective down to zero frequency. A change is not made into the open-loop speed controlled mode. This operating mode is possible for passive loads. These include applications where the load itself does not generate any active torque and therefore only acts reactively to the drive torque of the induction motor.
PAGE 240
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 17: Displays the enabled status of the rugged model feedback (p1784). The feedback is used to increase the parameter ruggedness of the motor model and is effective in the operating range of the two-component closed loop current control. For bit 18: Displays the status when enabling the differential current feedback in the current model for operation with encoder. The function is automatically enabled with p1784 > 0 or p1731 > 0.
PAGE 241
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1758[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed/open-loop control / MotMod t cl_op Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 242
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1769[0...n] Motor model changeover delay time closed-loop control / MotMod t cl_ctrl Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 243
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: r1776[0...6] Description: The value is pre-set during the rotating measurement. Motor model status signals / MotMod status sig Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the internal status signals of the motor model.
PAGE 244
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1780[0...n] Motor model adaptation configuration / MotMod adapt conf PM240 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: Unsigned16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0001 0100 bin Sets the configuration for the adaptation circuit of the motor model. Induction motor (ASM): Rs, Lh and offset compensation.
PAGE 245
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1784[0...n] Motor model feedback scaling / MotMod fdbk scal Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 0.0 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for model fault feedback.
PAGE 246
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1795[0...n] Motor model kT adaptation integral time / MotMod kT Tn PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6731 Min Max Factory setting 10 [ms] 10000 [ms] 100 [ms] Description: Sets the integral time of the kT adaptation of the motor model for a permanent-magnet synchronous motor (PMSM).
PAGE 247
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1800[0...n] Pulse frequency setpoint / Pulse freq setp PM330 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8021 Min Max Factory setting 0.500 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz] 4.000 [kHz] Description: Sets the drive converter switching frequency.
PAGE 248
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 10 0 Description: Sets the modulator mode.
PAGE 249
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When modulation modes are enabled that could lead to overmodulation (p1802 = 0, 2), the modulation depth must be limited using p1803 (default p1803 < 100 %). The higher the overmodulation, the greater the current ripple and torque ripple. When changing p1802[x], the values for all of the other existing indices are also changed. p1803[0...
PAGE 250
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Sets the filter time constant for the DC link voltage. This time constant is used to calculate the modulation depth. p1806[0...
PAGE 251
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1810 Modulator configuration / Modulator config PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the modulator.
PAGE 252
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1820[0...n] Description: Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(2), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Sets the phase sequence reversal for the motor without setpoint change.
PAGE 253
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1829 Compensation valve lockout time phase V / Comp t_lock ph V PM230 Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 PM240 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [µs] 3.99 [µs] 0.00 [µs] Description: Sets the valve lockout time to compensate for phase V.
PAGE 254
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1838.0...15 CO/BO: Gating unit status word 1 / Gating unit ZSW1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of the power unit.
PAGE 255
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: Inhibited Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller Identifying motor data (at standstill) Optimizing the speed controller (in rotating operation) Dependency: Refer to: p1300, p1910, p1960 Refer to: A07980, A07981, F07983, F07984, F07985, F07986, F07988, F07990, A07991 Notice: p1900 = 3: This setting should only be selected if the motor data identification was already carried out at standstill.
PAGE 256
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 11: 12: Inhibited Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller Identifying motor data (at standstill) Optimizing the speed controller (in rotating operation) Motor data ident. and speed controller opt.
PAGE 257
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 11: 12: Inhibited Identifying motor data and optimizing the speed controller Identifying motor data (at standstill) Optimizing the speed controller (in rotating operation) Motor data ident. and speed controller opt.
PAGE 258
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1901 Test pulse evaluation configuration / Test puls config PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Sets the configuration for the test pulse evaluation. Bit 00: Check for conductor-to-conductor short circuit once/always when the pulses are enabled.
PAGE 259
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 PM240 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 PM250, PM260 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
PAGE 260
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1909[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: MDS, p0130 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for the motor data identification.
PAGE 261
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1910 = 20: Only for internal SIEMENS use.
PAGE 262
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 263
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r1914[0...2] Identified total leakage inductance / L_total_leak ident Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [mH] - [mH] - [mH] Description: Displays the identified total leakage inductance. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W r1915[0...
PAGE 264
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 PM250, PM260 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0001 1110 bin Description: Sets the configuration of the rotating measurement.
PAGE 265
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0001 0000 0001 1110 bin Description: Sets the configuration of the rotating measurement.
PAGE 266
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: When the rotating measurement is activated, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971). Parameter changes are automatically made for the rotating measurement (e.g. p1120); this is the reason that up to the end of the measurement, and if no faults are present, no manual changes should be made. The ramp-up and ramp-down times (p1120, p1121) are limited, for the rotating measurement, to 900 s.
PAGE 267
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1967 Description: Speed_ctrl_opt dynamic factor / n_opt dyn_factor Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 [%] 400 [%] 100 [%] Sets the dynamic response factor for speed controller optimization. After optimization, the dynamic response achieved is displayed in r1968.
PAGE 268
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1974 Speed_ctrl_opt saturation characteristic rotor flux maximum / n_opt rot_fl max Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 104 [%] 120 [%] 120 [%] Description: Sets the maximum flux setpoint to measure the saturation characteristic. p1980[0...
PAGE 269
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p1998[0...n] PolID circle center point / PolID circ center Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0000 [A] 10000.0000 [A] 0.
PAGE 270
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2002 Description: Reference current / I_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.10 [Arms] 100000.00 [Arms] 100.00 [Arms] Sets the reference quantity for currents. All currents specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 271
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2004 Description: Reference power / P_ref Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [kW] - [kW] - [kW] Displays the reference quantity for power. All power ratings specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
PAGE 272
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 31 2 Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (USS, RS232). Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p2016[0...
PAGE 273
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected. When p2030 = 1 (USS), the following applies: Min./max./factory setting: 4/13/8 For p2030 = 2 (Modbus RTU), the following applies: Min./max.
PAGE 274
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2023 Field bus interface USS PKW count / Field bus USS PKW CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_BT Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Min Max Factory setting 0 127 127 Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
PAGE 275
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2025[2]: Number of APDU retries (0 ... 39). p2025[3]: Maximum master address (1 ... 127). Index: [0] = Device object instance number [1] = Maximum number of info frames [2] = Number of APDU retries [3] = Maximum master address [4] = Reserved Dependency: Refer to: p2030 p2026[0...74] Fieldbus interface BACnet COV increment / BACnet COV incr CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 CU230P-2_BT Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 276
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2030 Field bus interface protocol selection / Field bus protocol CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Min Max Factory setting 0 4 4 Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface. Value: 0: 4: Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
PAGE 277
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2031 Fieldbus interface MODBUS parity / Modbus parity CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_BT Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9310 Min Max Factory setting 0 2 2 Description: Sets the parity for the Modbus protocol (p2030 = 2).
PAGE 278
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2038 PROFIdrive STW/ZSW interface mode / PD STW/ZSW IF mode CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 0 Sets the interface mode of the PROFIdrive control words and status words.
PAGE 279
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB ident No. CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Sets the PROFIBUS ident number (PNO-ID). SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is independent of the device (e.g.
PAGE 280
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2050[0...11] CO: PROFIdrive PZD receive word / PZD recv word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2440, 2468, 9360 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 281
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2051[0...16] CI: PROFIdrive PZD send word / PZD send word CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - CU230P-2_BT Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2450, 2470, 9370 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
PAGE 282
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min Max Factory setting 0 4 - - Data type: Integer16 Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: r2055[0...
PAGE 283
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [8] = PZD 9 + 10 [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 Dependency: Refer to: r2050 Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or FloatingPoint data types. A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060. p2061[0...
PAGE 284
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used. r2067[0...
PAGE 285
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [9] = PZD 10 [10] = PZD 11 [11] = PZD 12 Note: Value range: 0 - 125: Bus address of the sender 65535: Not assigned r2075[0...11] PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / Diag offs recv CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 286
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.
PAGE 287
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1 CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 899.0 [1] 899.1 [2] 899.2 [3] 2139.3 [4] 899.4 [5] 899.5 [6] 899.6 [7] 2139.7 [8] 2197.7 [9] 899.9 [10] 2199.1 [11] 1407.7 [12] 0 [13] 2135.14 [14] 2197.3 [15] 2135.
PAGE 288
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = Bit 7 [8] = Bit 8 [9] = Bit 9 [10] = Bit 10 [11] = Bit 11 [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2081[0...15] Description: BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 289
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [12] = Bit 12 [13] = Bit 13 [14] = Bit 14 [15] = Bit 15 Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089 Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed. p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4 Description: Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Data type: U32 / Binary Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 290
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv CU230P-2_DP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 CU230P-2_PN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2472 Min Max Factory setting - - [0] 1010 1000 0000 0000 bin [1...4] 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector-connector converter.
PAGE 291
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11 12 13 14 15 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089 r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 292
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 11 12 13 14 15 r2091.0...15 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 Bit 15 ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF BO: PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / PZD2 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 293
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2093.0...15 BO: PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / PZD4 recv bitw Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9204, 9206 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive controller.
PAGE 294
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2095.0...15 Description: BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360 Min Max Factory setting - - - Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller. The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
PAGE 295
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2099[0...1] Description: CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2468, 9360 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter. A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source.
PAGE 296
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For value = 2 (OFF2): Internal/external pulse inhibit. For value = 3 (OFF3): Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit. For value = 5 (STOP2): n_set = 0 For value = 6 (armature short-circuit, internal/DC braking): This value can only be set for all drive data sets when p1231 = 4. a) DC braking is not possible for synchronous motors. b) DC braking is possible for induction motors. p2103[0...
PAGE 297
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge CU230P-2_HVAC Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary CU230P-2_CAN Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 CU230P-2_BT Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546, 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults. Note: A fault acknowledgment is triggered with a 0/1 signal. p2105[0...
PAGE 298
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min Max Factory setting - - 4022.1 Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
PAGE 299
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min Max Factory setting - - 1 Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1. Dependency: Refer to: A07850 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. r2114[0...
PAGE 300
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3 PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2546 Min Max Factory setting - - 4022.0 Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 3. Dependency: Refer to: A07852 Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal. p2118[0...
PAGE 301
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2121 CO: Counter alarm buffer changes / Alrm buff changed Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: This counter is incremented every time the alarm buffer changes. Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125 r2122[0...
PAGE 302
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8065 Min Max Factory setting - [ms] - [ms] - [ms] Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
PAGE 303
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8050, 8070 Min Max Factory setting 0 65535 0 Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15. Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.
PAGE 304
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the code of the oldest active fault. Dependency: Refer to: r3131, r3132 Note: 0: No fault present.
PAGE 305
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed.
PAGE 306
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2140[0...n] Description: Hysteresis speed 2 / n_hysteresis 2 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm] 90.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < = speed threshold value 2" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 307
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm was cleared.
PAGE 308
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2150[0...n] Description: Hysteresis speed 3 / n_hysteresis 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8010, 8011, 8022 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 300.00 [rpm] 2.00 [rpm] Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the following signals: "|n_act| < speed threshold value 3" (BO: r2199.0) "n_set >= 0" (BO: r2198.
PAGE 309
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2156[0...n] On delay comparison value reached / t_on cmpr val rchd Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8010 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [ms] 10000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms] Description: Sets the switch-in delay time for the signal "comparison value reached" (BO: r2199.1). Dependency: Refer to: p2141, p2142, r2199 p2161[0...
PAGE 310
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2164[0...n] Hysteresis speed 4 / n_hysteresis 4 Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3,5 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8011 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [rpm] 200.00 [rpm] 2.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the hysteresis speed (bandwidth) for the "speed setpoint - actual value deviation in tolerance t_off" signal/message (BO: r2197.7).
PAGE 311
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2168[0...n] Description: Load monitoring stall monitoring torque threshold / Stall_mon M_thresh Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 10000000.00 [Nm] Sets the torque threshold of the stall monitoring of the pump or fan.
PAGE 312
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2172[0...n] Description: DC link voltage threshold value / Vdc thresh val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2001 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [V] 2000 [V] 800 [V] Sets the DC link voltage threshold value for the following messages: "Vdc_act <= Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.9) "Vdc_act > Vdc_threshold p2172" (BO: r2197.
PAGE 313
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2178[0...n] Motor stalled delay time / Mot stall t_del Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1,3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8012 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.010 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the message "Motor stalled" (BO: r2198.7).
PAGE 314
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The response to the faults F07923 ... F07925 can be set. This parameter setting has no effect on the generation of fault F07936. p2181 = 7, 8 can only be combined with p2193 = 4, 5. p2182[0...n] Description: Load monitoring speed threshold value 1 / n_thresh 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func.
PAGE 315
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2185[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 1 upper / M_thresh 1 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 10000000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 316
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2189[0...n] Load monitoring torque threshold 3 upper / M_thresh 3 upper Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] 20000000.00 [Nm] 10000000.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the speed/torque envelope curve for load monitoring.
PAGE 317
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2193[0...n] Load monitoring configuration / Load monit config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0 5 1 Description: Sets the load monitoring configuration.
PAGE 318
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 06: The hysteresis is set in p2162. For bit 07: The threshold value is set in p2163 and the hysteresis is set in p2164. For bit 08: The threshold value is set in p2170 and the delay time in p2171. For bit 09, 10: The threshold value is set in p2172 and the delay time in p2173. For bit 11: The threshold value is set in p2179 and the delay time in p2180. For bit 13: Only for internal Siemens use. r2198.4...
PAGE 319
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2200[0...n] Description: BI: Technology controller enable / Tec_ctrl enable Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source to switch in/switch out the technology controller. The technology controller is switched in with a 1 signal. p2201[0...
PAGE 320
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 50.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 5 of the technology controller.
PAGE 321
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2210[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 10 / Tec_ctr fix val 10 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 10 of the technology controller.
PAGE 322
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7950 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 150.00 [%] Description: Sets the value for fixed value 15 of the technology controller.
PAGE 323
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2223[0...n] BI: Technology controller fixed value selection bit 3 / Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7950, 7951 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to select a fixed value of the technology controller.
PAGE 324
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 00: 0: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. 1: The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved and after ON is entered using r2231. In order to save in a non-volatile fashion, bit 03 should be set to 1. For bit 02: 0: Without initial rounding-off 1: With initial rounding-off. The selected ramp-up/down time is correspondingly exceeded.
PAGE 325
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: p2237[0...n] Refer to: p2235 Technology controller motorized potentiometer maximum value / Tec_ctrl mop max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7954 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the maximum value for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 326
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2248[0...n] Technology controller motorized potentiometer ramp-down time / Tec_ctrMop t_rdown Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7954 Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [s] 1000.0 [s] 10.0 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-down time for the internal ramp-function generator for the motorized potentiometer of the technology controller.
PAGE 327
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 04 = 0: The ramp-function generator in the speed setpoint channel is bypassed when the technology controller is operational. As a consequence, ramp times p1120, p1121 are not taken into consideration when configuring the controller. For bit 04 = 1: The ramp-function generator in the speed setpoint channel is not bypassed when the technology controller is operational.
PAGE 328
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2256 Technology controller setpoint 2 scaling / Tec_ctrl set2 scal Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the scaling for the setpoint 2 of the technology controller.
PAGE 329
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2262 CO: Technology controller setpoint after filter / Tec_ctr set aftFlt Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed setpoint after the setpoint filter (PT1) of the technology controller.
PAGE 330
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2268 Technology controller lower limit actual value / Tec_ctrl l_lim act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 331
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2272 CO: Technology controller actual value scaled / Tech_ctrl act scal Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the scaled actual value signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 332
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2286[0...n] BI: Hold technology controller integrator / Tec_ctr integ hold Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 56.13 Description: Sets the signal source to hold the integrator for the technology controller. p2289[0...
PAGE 333
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2293 Technology controller ramp-up/ramp-down time / Tec_ctr t_RU/RD Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramping time for the output signal of the technology controller.
PAGE 334
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2298[0...n] CI: Technology controller minimum limit signal source / Tec_ctrl min_l s_s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7958 Min Max Factory setting - - 2292[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limiting of the technology controller.
PAGE 335
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows: - inhibit the technology controller (p2200 = 0). - increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal (of the technology controller). - if the actual value increases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be switched out. - if the actual value decreases with increasing motor speed, then the inversion should be set.
PAGE 336
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: The upper starting point must be set higher than the lower starting point (p2314 > p2313). Note: Kp adaptation is activated with p2252.7 = 1. p2314 Technology controller Kp adaptation upper starting point / Kp adapt upper pt Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7959 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [%] 400.00 [%] 100.
PAGE 337
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2318 Technology controller Tn adaptation lower value / Tn adapt lower val Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7959 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 60.000 [s] 3.000 [s] Description: Sets the lower value for the adaptation of integral time Tn for the technology controller.
PAGE 338
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2322 CO: Technology controller Tn adaptation output / Tn adapt output Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7959 Min Max Factory setting - [s] - [s] - [s] Description: Display and connector output for the output signal of the adaption of integral time Tn for the technology controller.
PAGE 339
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The parameterized fault response is only effective if the technology controller mode is set to p2251 = 0 (technology controller as main setpoint). Refer to: p2267, p2268, r2344 Refer to: F07426 Notice: Dependent upon the application, the changing over of the setpoint when fault F07426 occurs can lead to the fault condition disappearing and the re-activation of the technology controller. This can repeat itself and cause limit oscillations.
PAGE 340
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: As 2 + low or no overshoot PID autotuning, only PI Dependency: Active if the PID controller is enabled (see P2200). Note: P2350 = 1 This is the Ziegler-Nichols standard tuning (ZN tuning). In this case, it should involve a response to a step. P2350 = 2 For this tuning, a low overshoot is obtained (O/S). However, it should be faster than option 1. P2350 = 3 For this tuning, a low or no overshoot is obtained. However, it is not as fast as option 2.
PAGE 341
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The technology controller must be activated (p2200) and configured (p2251 = 0) in order to use the function. Negative speed setpoints should be excluded. p2371 Description: Closed-loop cascade control configuration / Csc_ctrl config Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 342
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p2372 = 2: Motor selection for switching-in/switching-out is derived from the operating hours counter p2380. When switching-in, the motor with the least operating hours is connected. When switching-out, the motor with the most operating hours is disconnected. In addition, those motors which have been in operation continuously for longer than the time set in p2381 are interchanged automatically.
PAGE 343
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2376 Closed-loop cascade control overcontrol threshold / Csc_ctr ovctr_thr Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_1 Unit selection: p0595 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 25.0 [%] Description: Threshold value for instantaneous switching-in or switching-out external motors.
PAGE 344
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2380[0...2] Description: Closed-loop cascade control operating hours / Csc_ctrl op_hrs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.0 [h] 340.28235E36 [h] 0.0 [h] Displays the operating hours for the external motors. The display can only be reset to zero.
PAGE 345
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2384 Description: Closed-loop cascade control motor switch-on delay / Csc_ctr t_del_on Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 999.000 [s] 0.000 [s] Delay time once the switch-in conditions have been met until the external motor is switched on.
PAGE 346
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2391[0...n] Hibernation mode delay time / Hib mode t_delay Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7038 Min Max Factory setting 0 [s] 3599 [s] 120 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the "hibernation mode" function.
PAGE 347
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p2395[0...n] Description: Hibernation mode boost speed / Hib mode n_boost Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: 7038 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [rpm] 21000.000 [rpm] 0.000 [rpm] Sets the boost speed for the "hibernation mode" function.
PAGE 348
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Caution: When the "hibernation mode" function is active, the motor can start again automatically. Note: When the "hibernation mode" function (p2398 = 1) is activated, its behavior is defined as to whether the technology controller is additionally switched in (closed-loop) or switched out (open-loop). The technology controller is enabled via binector input p2200 and its mode is set in p2251.
PAGE 349
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%] Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 1021 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values.
PAGE 350
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For index 4, 5, 6: Displays the relative error of the current inversion (id(psid, iq) - id) / p2950: - r2969[4]: error with respect to direct axis current for iq = 0 - r2969[5]: error with respect to direct axis current for iq = 0.
PAGE 351
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3113.0...15 Description: CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar. The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message bit.
PAGE 352
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For bit 10: The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is faulted or interrupted. Check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring. Ensure an EMC-compliant design. Observe the maximum permissible quantity structure / clock cycles. For bit 11: The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...). Check the closed-loop infeed control. For bit 15: Group fault.
PAGE 353
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3122[0...63] Diagnostic attribute fault / Diag_attr fault Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred.
PAGE 354
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3123[0...63] Diagnostic attribute alarm / Diag_attr alarm Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8065 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the alarm which has occurred.
PAGE 355
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3131 CO: Actual fault value / Act fault val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the fault value of the oldest active fault.
PAGE 356
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3233[0...n] Description: Torque actual value filter time constant / M_act_filt T Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8013 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 1000000 [ms] 100 [ms] Sets the time constant for the PT1 element to smooth the torque actual value.
PAGE 357
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3316[0...n] Efficiency optimization 2 maximum flux limit value / Max flux lim val Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6722, 6837 Min Max Factory setting 10.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 110.0 [%] Description: Sets the maximum limit value for the calculated optimum flux.
PAGE 358
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3322[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 2 / Fluid_mach P2 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 50.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 359
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3326[0...n] Description: Fluid flow machine power point 4 / Fluid_mach P4 Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.00 100.00 92.00 For the energy-saving display of a fluid-flow machine, a typical flow characteristic P = f(n) with 5 points along the characteristic is required.
PAGE 360
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3330[0...n] BI: 2/3 wire control command 1 / 2/3 wire cmd 1 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: CDS, p0170 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for command 1 for the two-wire control/three-wire control.
PAGE 361
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3334 2/3 wire control selection / 2/3 wire select Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2272, 2273 Min Max Factory setting 0 4 0 Description: Sets the two wire control/three wire control. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p3330, p3331, p3332, r3333 Note: This value depends on the wire control set in p0015. p3340[0...
PAGE 362
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For p1113 = 0, the drive traverses with a negative speed setpoint towards the minus limit switch – or for p1113 = 1 with a positive speed setpoint. r3344.0...5 CO/BO: Limit switch status word / Lim sw ZSW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 363
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The "DC link capacitor forming" function can only be activated online in the drive unit. If switched off while forming is active, the remaining time (r3381) is lost, and forming must be repeated for the full forming time. If the forming duration is changed, then forming starts again from the beginning. r3381 Forming remaining time / Forming t_remain Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.
PAGE 364
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: The modulator mode p1802 must enable operation in the overmodulation range. In addition, the overmodulation limit p1803 must be greater than 103 %. Notice: Motor identification must be carried out before activating the DC quantity control in the overmodulation range. p3856[0...n] Compound braking current / Compound I_brake PM240 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn.
PAGE 365
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3859.1 CO/BO: DC quantity control status word / DC_ctrl ZSW PM230 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 6797 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and connector output for the status word of the DC quantity control.
PAGE 366
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3881 ESM setpoint source / ESM setp_src Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min Max Factory setting 0 7 0 Description: Sets the setpoint source for essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 367
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3883 Description: BI: ESM direction of rotation signal source / ESM rot dir s s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for the direction of rotation during essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 368
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3889.0...10 CO/BO: ESM status word / ESM ZSW Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7033 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display and BICO output for the status word of the essential service mode (ESM).
PAGE 369
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3925[0...n] Identification final display / Ident final_disp Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the commissioning steps that have been carried out.
PAGE 370
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r3927[0...n] Motor data identification control word / MotID STW Access level: 3 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Successfully completed component of the last motor data identification carried out.
PAGE 371
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r3925 Note: The parameter is a copy of p1959. r3929[0...n] Motor data identification modulated voltage generation / MotID U_gen mod Access level: 4 Calculated: p0340 = 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: DDS, p0180 Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 372
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3931 Options for electrical cabinets / Opt elec cabinet Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the options for the Power Module 330 (PM330).
PAGE 373
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p3981 Description: Acknowledge drive object faults / Ackn DO faults Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 8060 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object. Notice: Safety messages cannot be acknowledged using this parameter. Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge.
PAGE 374
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 111: 112: 113: 114: 115: 117: 150: 160: 170: 180: 200: 210: 250: 325: 350: 360: 370: 380: 550: 625: 650: 660: 670: 680: 690: 700: 725: 740: 745: 750: 800: Index: r3996[0...
PAGE 375
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r4022.0...3 CO/BO: PM330 digital inputs status / PM330 DI status PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs of the PM330 power unit. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Dependency: Refer to: r4023 Note: DI: Digital Input r4023.0...
PAGE 376
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p4095 PM330 digital inputs simulation mode / PM330 DI sim_mode PM330 Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0000 bin Description: Sets the simulation mode for digital inputs of the PM330 power unit. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p4096.
PAGE 377
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Temperature model 1 (I2t): The following applies for firmware version < 4.7 SP6 or p0612.8 = 0: - parameter p5350 is not active. Internally, a fixed boost factor of 1.333 is used as basis for the calculation. The following applies from firmware version 4.7 SP6 and p0612.8 = 1: - parameter p5350 becomes active as described above. r5389.0...
PAGE 378
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0034, p0605, p0612, r0632, p5391 Refer to: F07011, A07012, A07014 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301), this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. p5391[0...
PAGE 379
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p5606[0...1] Pe energy-saving mode time of maximum stay / Pe t_max_stay CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2381 Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] Description: Sets the time of maximum stay for the energy-saving mode.
PAGE 380
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p5614 BI: Pe set switching on inhibited signal source / Pe sw-on_inh s_src CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2382 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source to set in the PROFIdrive state S1 "switching on inhibited". Dependency: Refer to: r5613 Note: Pe: PROFIenergy profiles p7610[0...
PAGE 381
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r7760.0...12 CO/BO: Write protection/know-how protection status / Wr_prot/KHP stat Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status for the write protection and know-how protection.
PAGE 382
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7762 Write protection multi-master fieldbus system access behavior / Fieldbus acc_behav Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Description: Sets the behavior for write protection when accessing via multi-master fieldbus systems (e.g. CAN, BACnet).
PAGE 383
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Signal name Extended copy protection - linked to the memory card and CU Basic copy protection - linked to the memory card Permit trace and measuring functions for diagnostic purposes Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7767, p7768 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection 1 signal Yes 0 signal No FP - Yes No - Yes No - For copy protection, the serial numbers of the memory card and/or Control Unit are checked.
PAGE 384
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p7768[0...29] KHP password confirmation / KHP passw confirm Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Confirms the new password for know-how protection. Dependency: Refer to: p7766, p7767 Note: KHP: Know-How Protection When reading, p7768[0...29] = 42 dec (ASCII character = "*") is displayed. p7769[0...
PAGE 385
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: After the action has been successfully completed, the parameter is automatically set to zero. The actions importing and deleting NVRAM data immediately initiate a warm restart. If the procedure was not successfully completed, then an appropriate fault value is displayed (p7775 >= 10). r7841[0...15] Power Module serial number / PM serial no. Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 386
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For index 1: Displays the external firmware version (e.g. 04040000 -> 4.4). For automation systems with SINAMICS Integrated this is the runtime version of the automation system. For index 2: Displays the internal firmware version of the parameter backup. With this CU firmware version, the parameter backup was saved, which was used when powering up. r7901[0...
PAGE 387
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8401[0...2] RTC date / RTC date Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 9999 [0] 1 [1] 1 [2] 1970 Description: Sets and displays the date on the real-time clock in year, month, and day.
PAGE 388
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For indices 1 and 5: 1 = January, ... , 12 = December For indices 2 and 6: 1 = from the 1st to the 7th of the month 2 = from the 8th to the 14th of the month 3 = from the 15th to the 21st of the month 4 = from the 22nd to the 28th of the month 6 = the last 7 days of the month For indices 3 and 7: 1 = Monday, ...
PAGE 389
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8409 Description: RTC DTC activation / RTC DTC act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 1 1 Sets the activation/deactivation of the parameters for timers DTC1, DTC2, DTC3. For p8409 = 0, the following applies: DTC1 parameters p8410, p8411, p8412 are inactive and can be set. Binector output r8413.0 = 0.
PAGE 390
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8409, p8410, r8413 Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8412[0...1] Description: RTC DTC1 off time / RTC DTC1 t_OFF Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 391
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [4] = Friday [5] = Saturday [6] = Sunday Dependency: Refer to: p8409, p8421, p8422, r8423 Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8421[0...1] Description: RTC DTC2 switch-on time / RTC DTC2 t_ON Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 392
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8409, p8420, p8421, p8422 Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock p8430[0...6] Description: RTC DTC3 weekday of activation / RTC DTC3 day act Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 393
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: This parameter can only be changed when p8409 = 0. Note: DTC: Digital Time Clock (timer) RTC: Real-time clock r8433.0...1 Description: BO: RTC DTC3 output / RTC DTC3 output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and binector output for the output of timer 3 (DTC3).
PAGE 394
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8541 Description: p8542[0...15] CO: Speed setpoint from the IOP in the manual mode / n_set IOP Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: p2000 Dyn. index: - Unit group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm] For the manual mode: the speed setpoint entered from the IOP is displayed.
PAGE 395
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8552 IOP speed unit / IOP speed unit Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 2 1 Description: Sets the unit for displaying and entering speeds. Value: 1: 2: p8558 BI: Select IOP manual mode / Sel IOP man mode Hz rpm Access level: 3 r8570[0...
PAGE 396
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8573[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory. Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.
PAGE 397
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8602 CAN SYNC object / SYNC object CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0080 hex Sets the SYNC object parameter for the following CANopen objects: - 1005 hex: COB-ID Note: SINAMICS operates as SYNC load.
PAGE 398
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8606 CAN Producer Heartbeat Time / Prod Heartb Time CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 [ms] 65535 [ms] 0 [ms] Sets the time [ms] to cyclically send heartbeat telegrams. The smallest cycle is 100 ms. For p8606 = 0, heartbeat telegrams are not sent.
PAGE 399
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8609[0...1] CAN Error Behavior / Error behavior CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 2 1 Description: Sets the behavior of the CAN node referred to the communications error or equipment fault.
PAGE 400
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [7] = Fault 5/ drive 1 [8] = Fault 6/ drive 1 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1003 hex. p8620 CAN Node-ID / Node ID CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 127 126 Description: Data type: Unsigned8 Display or setting of the CANopen Node ID. The Node ID can be set as follows: 1) Using the address switch on the Control Unit.
PAGE 401
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p8623[0...7] CAN Bit Timing selection / Bit timing select CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 402
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Index 2 (parameter area): 0: 1 ... 9999 1: 10000 ... 19999 2: 20000 ... 29999 3: 30000 ... 39999 Index: [0] = Drive object number [1] = Sub-index range [2] = Parameter range p8641 CAN Abort Connection Option Code / Abort con opt code CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 403
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8685 CAN NMT states / NMT states CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 129 127 Description: Sets and displays the CANopen NMT state. Value: 0: 4: 5: 127: 128: 129: Note: The value 0 (initialization) is only displayed and cannot be set.
PAGE 404
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1401 hex. Transmission types 0, 1, FE and FF can be set. PDO: Process Data Object p8702[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 3 / Receive PDO 3 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 405
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8705[0...1] CAN Receive PDO 6 / Receive PDO 6 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex 8000 06DF hex [0] 8000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 6 (RPDO 6).
PAGE 406
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8710[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 1 / Mapping RPDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204, 9206 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 1 (RPDO 1).
PAGE 407
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1603 hex. Dummy mapping not supported. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p870x is set as invalid. p8714[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 5 / Mapping RPDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 408
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8717[0...3] CAN Receive Mapping for RPDO 8 / Mapping RPDO 8 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9204 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Receive Process Data Object 8 (RPDO 8).
PAGE 409
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: A valid COB-ID can only be set for the available (existing) channel. Notice: For inhibit time and event timer, the following apply: A value that is not a multiple integer of the CANopen sampling time is rounded-off. Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1801 hex. Transmission types 0, 1 ... F0, FE and FF can be set. p2048: CANopen sampling time PDO: Process Data Object p8722[0...
PAGE 410
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8724[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 5 / Transmit PDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 5 (TPDO 5).
PAGE 411
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8726[0...4] CAN Transmit PDO 7 / Transmit PDO 7 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex C000 06DF hex [0] C000 06DF hex [1] 00FE hex [2] 0000 hex [3] 0000 hex [4] 0000 hex Description: Sets the communication parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 7 (TPDO 7).
PAGE 412
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8730[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 1 / Mapping TPDO 1 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9208, 9210 Min Max Factory setting 0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex Description: Sets the mapping parameters for CANopen Transmit Process Data Object 1 (TPDO 1).
PAGE 413
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A03 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. p8734[0...3] CAN Transmit Mapping for TPDO 5 / Mapping TPDO 5 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: C(3), T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 414
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Mapped object 3 [3] = Mapped object 4 Note: Corresponds to the CANopen object 1A07 hex. The parameter can only be written online when the associated COB ID in p872x is set as invalid. p8744 CAN PDO mapping configuration / PDO Mapping config CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 2 Calculated: - Can be changed: C, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 415
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8746[0...15] CI: CAN free PZD send objects 16 bit / Free PZD send 16 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Integer16 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Sets the signal source for free PZD send objects 16 bit for SDO transfer. An index can only be used, if the corresponding object has not been mapped in a PDO.
PAGE 416
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Index 0 corresponds to the CANopen object 5820 hex Index 1 corresponds to the CANopen object 5821 hex Index 2 corresponds to the CANopen object 5822 hex Index 3 corresponds to the CANopen object 5823 hex Index 4 corresponds to the CANopen object 5824 hex Index 5 corresponds to the CANopen object 5825 hex Index 6 corresponds to the CANopen object 5826 hex Index 7 corresponds to the CANopen object 5827 hex p8748[0...
PAGE 417
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8751[0...15] CAN mapped 16-bit transmit objects / TPDO 16 mapped CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays mapped 16-bit transmit CANopen objects in the process data buffer.
PAGE 418
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [9] = PZD 10 + 11 [10] = PZD 11 + 12 [11...14] = Reserved r8762 CO: CAN operating mode display / Op mode display CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Data type: Integer16 Displays the currently effective CANopen operating mode.
PAGE 419
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8786 BI: CAN status word bit 14 / Status word bit 14 CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 9226 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for bit 14 of the CANopen status word.
PAGE 420
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8792[0] CO: CAN velocity mode I16 setpoint / Vel mod I16 set CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the velocity mode for SDO transfer.
PAGE 421
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8797[0] CO: CAN profile torque mode I16 setpoints / Pr Tq mod I16 set CU230P-2_CAN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: - Scaling: 4000H Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and connector output to interconnect standardized I16 setpoint CANopen objects of the profile torque mode for SDO transfer.
PAGE 422
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p8807, p8808 Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec). Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. For p8806[0...31]: System identifier. For p8806[32...53]: Location identifier. p8807[0...
PAGE 423
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Dependency: This parameter is preassigned as standard (see note). After writing information to p8809, p8805 is automatically set to = 1. Refer to: p8805 Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: Parameter p8809 contains the information described below. For p8809[0...3]: Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional". For p8809[4...7]: Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional".
PAGE 424
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r8859[3] = 0 r8859[4] = 1300 --> first part, firmware version V13.00 (second part, see index 7) r8859[5] = 2011 --> year 2011 r8859[6] = 2306 --> 23rd of June r8859[7] = 1700 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V13.00.17.00) r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 425
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p8922[0...3] PN Default Gateway / PN Def Gateway CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Description: Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 255 0 Sets the default gateway for the onboard PROFINET interface on the Control Unit. The actual standard gateway is displayed in r8932.
PAGE 426
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: No function Reserved Activate and save configuration Delete configuration Dependency: Refer to: p8920, p8921, p8922, p8923, p8924 Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8924 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool. Note: For p8925 = 2: The interface configuration (p8920 and following) is saved and activated after the next POWER ON.
PAGE 427
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (parameter value not equal to 0), PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible! However, the interface can be used for commissioning tool such as STARTER or SCOUT. r8935[0...5] PN MAC address / PN MAC addr CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 428
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p8982 Ethernet/IP ODVA speed scaling / Eth/IP ODVA n scal CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 123 133 128 Description: Sets the scaling for the speed for Ethernet/IP ODVA profile (p8980 = 1).
PAGE 429
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON. The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting. p8999 USB functionality / USB Fct Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 3 3 Description: Setting the USB functionality. Value: 1: 2: 3: Note: COMM: Commissioning.
PAGE 430
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: For bit 01, 00: Bit 1/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 0). Bit 1/0 = 0/1: "Safe removal" possible (corresponds to p9400 = 3). Bit 1/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 1/0 = 1/1: Memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 1, 2, 100). For bit 02, 00: Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted. Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card. Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible. Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.
PAGE 431
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9408[0...19] PS file fault code parameter not transferred / PS fault code Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes. Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407 Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
PAGE 432
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p9484 Description: BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0 4294967295 0 Sets the signal source (BO/CO parameter, BICO coded) to search in the signal sinks.
PAGE 433
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9926 Description: Firmware check status / FW check status Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Displays the status when the firmware is checked when the system is booted. 0: Firmware not yet checked. 1: Check running. 2: Check successfully completed. 3: Check indicates an error.
PAGE 434
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r9935.0 Description: BO: POWER ON delay signal / POWER ON t_delay Access level: 4 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting - - - Display and binector output for a delay after POWER ON. After switch-on, binector output r9935.0 is set with the start of the first sampling time and is again reset after approx. 100 ms. Bit field: r9975[0...
PAGE 435
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11026 Free tec_ctrl 0 unit selection / Ftec0 unit sel Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: C(5) Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 1 48 1 Description: Sets the unit for the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 436
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11027 Description: Free tec_ctrl 0 unit reference quantity / Ftec0 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: - Min Max Factory setting 0.01 340.28235E36 1.00 Sets the reference quantity for the unit of the parameters of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 437
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11057 Free tec_ctrl 0 setpoint ramp-up time / Ftec0 setp t_r-up Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 [s] 650.00 [s] 1.00 [s] Description: Sets the ramp-up time for the free technology controller 0. Dependency: Refer to: p11058 Note: The ramp-up time is referred to 100 %.
PAGE 438
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11064 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 actual value signal source / Ftec0 act v s_s Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the actual value of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 439
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11073 CO: Free tec_ctrl 0 system deviation / Ftec0 sys dev Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_2 Unit selection: p11026 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the system deviation of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 440
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11092 CO: Free tec_ctrl 0 limit minimum / Ftec0 lim min Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%] Description: Sets the minimum limit of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 441
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11099 CI: Free tec_ctrl 0 limit offset signal source / Ftec0 lim offs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the limit offset of the free technology controller 0.
PAGE 442
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48: Dependency: rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg ppm kg/cm² Only units of parameters with unit group 9_3 can be changed over using this parameter. Refer to: p11127 p11127 Description: Free tec_ctrl 1 unit reference quantity / Ftec1 unit ref Access level: 1 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 443
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11153 CI: Free tec_ctrl 1 setpoint signal source / Ftec1 setp s_s Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the setpoint of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 444
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters Note: The correct setting can be determined as follows: - inhibit free technology controller (p11200 = 0). - increase the motor speed and in so doing, measure the actual value signal (of the free technology controller). - if the actual value increases with increasing motor speed, then deactivate inversion. - if the actual value decreases with increasing motor speed, then activate inversion. If value = 0: The drive reduces the output speed when the actual value rises (e.
PAGE 445
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11172 CO: Free tec_ctrl 1 actual value after limiter / Ftec1 act v af lim Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_3 Unit selection: p11126 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - [%] - [%] - [%] Description: Display and connector output for the actual value after the limiter of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 446
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11191 CO: Free tec_ctrl 1 limit maximum / Ftec1 lim max Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 100.00 [%] Description: Sets the maximum limit of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 447
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11198 CI: Free tec_ctrl 1 limit minimum signal source / Ftec1 lim min s_s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 11192[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the minimum limit of the free technology controller 1.
PAGE 448
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 23: 24: 25: 26: 27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 39: 40: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 46: 47: 48: Dependency: inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf lbf ft K rpm parts/min m/s ft³/s ft³/min BTU/min BTU/h mbar inch wg ft wg m wg % r.h. g/kg ppm kg/cm² Only units of parameters with unit group 9_4 can be changed over using this parameter.
PAGE 449
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r11249.0...11 CO/BO: Free tec_ctrl 2 status word / Ftec2 stat_word Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays the status word of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 450
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11263 Description: Free tec_ctrl 2 system deviation inversion / Ftec2 sys_dev inv Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0 1 0 Sets the inversion of the system deviation of the free technology controller 2. The setting depends on the type of control loop.
PAGE 451
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11268 Free tec_ctrl 2 actual value lower limit / Ftec2 act v lo lim Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: 9_4 Unit selection: p11226 Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting -200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] -100.00 [%] Description: Sets the lower limit for the actual value signal of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 452
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11285 Free tec_ctrl 2 integral time / Ftec2 Tn Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting 0.000 [s] 10000.000 [s] 30.000 [s] Description: Sets the integral time (I component, integrating time constant) of the free technology controller 2. Note: Value = 0: The integral time is disabled.
PAGE 453
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p11297 CI: Free tec_ctrl 2 limit maximum signal source / Ftec2 lim max s_s Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: U, T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7030 Min Max Factory setting - - 11291[0] Description: Sets the signal source for the maximum limit of the free technology controller 2.
PAGE 454
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20031 BO: AND 0 output Q / AND 0 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 & I1 & I2 & I3 of instance AND 0 of the AND function block.
PAGE 455
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20036 AND 1 run-time group / AND 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance AND 1 of the AND function block is to be called.
PAGE 456
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: 5: 6: 9999: p20041 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Do not calculate AND 2 run sequence / AND 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2710 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 30 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 2 within the run-time group set in p20040.
PAGE 457
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20045 AND 3 run sequence / AND 3 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7210 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 40 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance AND 3 within the run-time group set in p20044.
PAGE 458
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20050[0...3] BI: OR 1 inputs / OR 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance OR 1 of the OR function block.
PAGE 459
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [2] = Input I2 [3] = Input I3 r20055 BO: OR 2 output Q / OR 2 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for binary quantity Q = I0 | I1 | I2 | I3 of instance OR 2 of the OR function block.
PAGE 460
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20060 OR 3 run-time group / OR 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7212 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance OR 3 of the OR function block is to be called.
PAGE 461
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 3: 4: 5: 6: 9999: p20065 Run-time group 3 Run-time group 4 Run-time group 5 Run-time group 6 Do not calculate XOR 0 run sequence / XOR 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 110 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 0 within the run-time group set in p20064.
PAGE 462
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20069 XOR 1 run sequence / XOR 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 120 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance XOR 1 within the run-time group set in p20068.
PAGE 463
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20074[0...3] BI: XOR 3 inputs / XOR 3 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / Binary Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7214 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities I0, I1, I2, I3 of instance XOR 3 of the XOR function block.
PAGE 464
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20079 BO: NOT 0 inverted output / NOT 0 inv output Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the inverted output of instance NOT 0 of the inverter. p20080 NOT 0 run-time group / NOT 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 465
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20084 NOT 1 run-time group / NOT 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 1 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 466
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20089 NOT 2 run sequence / NOT 2 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 180 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 2 within the run-time group set in p20088.
PAGE 467
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20094[0...3] CI: ADD 0 inputs / ADD 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance ADD 0 of the adder.
PAGE 468
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20099 CO: ADD 1 output Y / ADD 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the output quantity Y = X0 + X1 + X2 + X3 of instance ADD 1 of the adder.
PAGE 469
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20104 SUB 0 run-time group / SUB 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance SUB 0 of the subtractor is to be called.
PAGE 470
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20109 SUB 1 run sequence / SUB 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7220 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 250 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance SUB 1 within the run-time group set in p20108.
PAGE 471
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20114[0...3] CI: MUL 1 inputs / MUL 1 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of the factors X0, X1, X2, X3 of instance MUL 1 of the multiplier.
PAGE 472
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20119[0...2] CO: DIV 0 quotient / DIV 0 quotient Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1 / X2, integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y - YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 0 of the divider.
PAGE 473
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20124[0...2] CO: DIV 1 quotient / DIV 1 quotient Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7222 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for quotients Y = X1 / X2, the integer number quotients YIN, and division remainder MOD = (Y YIN) x X2 of instance DIV 1 of the divider.
PAGE 474
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20129 CO: AVA 0 output Y / AVA 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 0 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 475
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20134 CO: AVA 1 output Y / AVA 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7224 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance AVA 1 of the absolute value generator with sign evaluation.
PAGE 476
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20139 MFP 0 pulse duration in ms / MFP 0 pulse_dur ms Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 0.00 5400000.00 0.00 Description: Setting parameter for pulse duration T in milliseconds of instance MFP 0 of the pulse generator.
PAGE 477
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20145 BO: MFP 1 output Q / MFP 1 output Q Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output pulse Q of instance MFP 1 of the pulse generator. p20146 MFP 1 run-time group / MFP 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn.
PAGE 478
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20151 PCL 0 run-time group / PCL 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 0 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 479
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20156 PCL 1 run-time group / PCL 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PCL 1 of the pulse shortener is to be called.
PAGE 480
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20161 PDE 0 run-time group / PDE 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 0 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 481
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20166 PDE 1 run-time group / PDE 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 1 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 482
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20171 PDF 0 run-time group / PDF 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 0 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 483
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20176 PDF 1 run-time group / PDF 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 1 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 484
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20181 PST 0 run-time group / PST 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 0 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 485
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20186 PST 1 run-time group / PST 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7234 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PST 1 of the pulse extension element is to be called.
PAGE 486
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20191 RSR 0 run-time group / RSR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 0 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 487
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20196 RSR 1 run-time group / RSR 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 1 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 488
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20201 DFR 0 run-time group / DFR 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 0 of the D flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 489
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20206 DFR 1 run-time group / DFR 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 1 of the D flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 490
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20211 BSW 0 run-time group / BSW 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 0 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 491
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20216 BSW 1 run-time group / BSW 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance BSW 1 of the binary changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 492
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20221 NSW 0 run-time group / NSW 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 0 of the numeric changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 493
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20226 NSW 1 run-time group / NSW 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7250 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NSW 1 of the numeric changeover switch is to be called.
PAGE 494
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20231 CO: LIM 0 output Y / LIM 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the limited output quantity Y of instance LIM 0 of the limiter.
PAGE 495
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20237 LIM 1 upper limit value LU / LIM 1 upper lim LU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Setting parameter for the upper limit value LU of instance LIM 1 of the limiter.
PAGE 496
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20243 LIM 1 run sequence / LIM 1 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7260 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 650 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance LIM 1 within the run-time group set in p20242.
PAGE 497
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20248 PT1 0 run-time group / PT1 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PT1 0 of the smoothing element is to be called.
PAGE 498
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20253 CO: PT1 1 output Y / PT1 1 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7262 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for the smoothed output quantity Y of instance PT1 1 of the smoothing element.
PAGE 499
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20258 INT 0 lower limit value LL / INT 0 lower lim LL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting -340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.0000 Description: Sets the lower limit value LL of instance INT 0 of the integrator.
PAGE 500
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20264 INT 0 run-time group / INT 0 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance INT 0 of the integrator is to be called.
PAGE 501
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20270 BO: LVM 0 input quantity above interval QU / LVM 0 X above QU Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 0 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X > M + L and X is >= M + L - HY.
PAGE 502
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20275 CI: LVM 1 input X / LVM 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantity X of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter.
PAGE 503
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20281 BO: LVM 1 input quantity below interval QL / LVM 1 X below QL Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned32 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7270 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter of instance LVM 1 of the double-sided limiter that input quantity X was at least once X < M - L and X is <= M - L + HY.
PAGE 504
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r20286 CO: DIF 0 output Y / DIF 0 output Y Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: - Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7264 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Display parameter for output quantity Y of instance DIF 0 of the differentiating element.
PAGE 505
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20302 NOT 4 run-time group / NOT 4 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NOT 4 of the inverter is to be called.
PAGE 506
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters 5: Run-time group 5 6: Run-time group 6 9999: Do not calculate p20307 NOT 5 run sequence / NOT 5 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7216 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 780 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NOT 5 within the run-time group set in p20306.
PAGE 507
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20312[0...1] CI: NCM 0 inputs / NCM 0 inputs Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source of input quantities X0 and X1 of instance NCM 0 of the numeric comparator.
PAGE 508
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20317 NCM 0 run sequence / NCM 0 RunSeq Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min Max Factory setting 0 32000 820 Description: Setting parameter for the run sequence of instance NCM 0 within the run-time group set in p20316.
PAGE 509
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20322 NCM 1 run-time group / NCM 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7225 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance NCM 1 of the numeric comparator is to be called.
PAGE 510
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20327 RSR 2 run-time group / RSR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance RSR 2 of the RS flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 511
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20332 DFR 2 run-time group / DFR 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7240 Min Max Factory setting 1 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance DFR 2 of the D flipflop is to be called.
PAGE 512
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20337 PDE 2 run-time group / PDE 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 2 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 513
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20342 PDE 3 run-time group / PDE 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7232 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which instance PDE 3 of the closing delay device is to be called.
PAGE 514
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20347 PDF 2 run-time group / PDF 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 2 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 515
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20352 PDF 3 run-time group / PDF 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7233 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance PDF 3 of the breaking delay device is to be called.
PAGE 516
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20357 MFP 2 run-time group / MFP 2 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 2 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 517
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20362 MFP 3 run-time group / MFP 3 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7230 Min Max Factory setting 5 9999 9999 Description: Setting parameter for the run-time group in which the instance MFP 3 of the pulse generator is to be called.
PAGE 518
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20375[0...19] PLI 0 Y-coordinate, B breakpoint / PLI 0 Y-coordinate Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 519
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters p20378 CI: PLI 1 input X / PLI 1 input X Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: U32 / FloatingPoint32 Can be changed: T Scaling: PERCENT Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 7226 Min Max Factory setting - - 0 Description: Sets the signal source for input X of the polyline (20 breakpoints) of instance PLI 1.
PAGE 520
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters [5] = Breakpoint 5 [6] = Breakpoint 6 [7] = Breakpoint 7 [8] = Breakpoint 8 [9] = Breakpoint 9 [10] = Breakpoint 10 [11] = Breakpoint 11 [12] = Breakpoint 12 [13] = Breakpoint 13 [14] = Breakpoint 14 [15] = Breakpoint 15 [16] = Breakpoint 16 [17] = Breakpoint 17 [18] = Breakpoint 18 [19] = Breakpoint 19 p20382 PLI 1 run-time group / PLI 1 RTG Access level: 3 Calculated: - Can be changed: T Scaling: - Data type: Integer16 Dyn.
PAGE 521
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p31020 = 1: The following BICO interconnections are automatically established: - p31023[0] = r0755[0] - p31023[2] = r0755[1] - p31026[0] = r0755[2] - p31026[1] = r0755[3] - p2253[0] = r31024 - p2264[0] = r31027 p31021 Multi-zone control configuration / Zone_ctrl config Access level: 2 Calculated: - Data type: Integer16 Can be changed: T Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func.
PAGE 522
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters For p31022 = 7: The mean value of actual values 1, 2 and 3 is used as r31027. For p31022 = 8: The lower value of actual values 1 and 2 is used as r31027. For p31022 = 9: The lowest value of actual values 1, 2, and 3 is used as r31027. For p31022 = 10: The higher value of actual values 1 and 2 is used as r31027. For p31022 = 11: The highest value of actual values 1, 2, and 3 is used as r31027. p31023[0...
PAGE 523
2 Parameters 2.2 List of parameters r61000[0...239] PROFINET Name of Station / PN Name of Station CU230P-2_PN Access level: 3 Calculated: - Data type: Unsigned8 Can be changed: - Scaling: - Dyn. index: - Unit group: - Unit selection: - Func. diagram: 2410 Min Max Factory setting - - - Description: Displays PROFINET Name of Station. Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual. r61001[0...
PAGE 524
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.1 Command Data Sets (CDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: CDS 524 p0641[0...n] CI: Current limit, variable / Curr lim var p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0 p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1 p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1) p0844[0...
PAGE 525
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1230[0...n] BI: DC braking activation / DC brake act p1522[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper / M_max upper p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower p1528[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal p1529[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling / M_max lower scal p1552[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling without offset / M_max up w/o offs p1554[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower scaling without offset / M_max low w/o offs p2103[0...
PAGE 526
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.2 Drive Data Sets (DDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: DDS 526 p0340[0...n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par p0640[0...n] Current limit / Current limit p0644[0...n] Current limit excitation induction motor / Imax excitat ASM p1001[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 1 / n_set_fixed 1 p1002[0...n] CO: Fixed speed setpoint 2 / n_set_fixed 2 p1003[0...
PAGE 527
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1243[0...n] Vdc_max controller dynamic factor / Vdc_max dyn_factor p1245[0...n] Vdc_min controller switch-in level (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min on_level p1247[0...n] Vdc_min controller dynamic factor (kinetic buffering) / Vdc_min dyn_factor p1249[0...n] Vdc_max controller speed threshold / Vdc_max n_thresh p1250[0...n] Vdc controller proportional gain / Vdc_ctrl Kp p1251[0...n] Vdc controller integral time / Vdc_ctrl Tn p1252[0...
PAGE 528
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1517[0...n] 528 Accelerating torque smoothing time constant / M_accel T_smooth p1520[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper / M_max upper p1521[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower / M_max lower p1524[0...n] CO: Torque limit upper/motoring scaling / M_max up/mot scal p1525[0...n] CO: Torque limit lower scaling / M_max lower scal p1530[0...n] Power limit motoring / P_max mot p1531[0...n] Power limit regenerative / P_max gen p1553[0...
PAGE 529
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets p1800[0...n] Pulse frequency setpoint / Pulse freq setp p1802[0...n] Modulator mode / Modulator mode p1803[0...n] Maximum modulation depth / Modulat depth max p1806[0...n] Filter time constant Vdc correction / T_filt Vdc_corr p1820[0...n] Reverse the output phase sequence / Outp_ph_seq rev p1959[0...n] Rotating measurement configuration / Rot meas config p1998[0...n] PolID circle center point / PolID circ center p2140[0...
PAGE 530
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 530 p2211[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 11 / Tec_ctr fix val 11 p2212[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 12 / Tec_ctr fix val 12 p2213[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 13 / Tec_ctr fix val 13 p2214[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 14 / Tec_ctr fix val 14 p2215[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 15 / Tec_ctr fix val 15 p2216[0...
PAGE 531
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.3 Motor data sets (MDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: MDS p0133[0...n] Motor configuration / Motor config p0300[0...n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel p0301[0...n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. sel p0304[0...n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated p0305[0...n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated p0306[0...n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty p0307[0...
PAGE 532
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 532 r0374[0...n] Motor rotor resistance cold / Mot R_r cold r0376[0...n] Rated motor rotor resistance / Mot rated R_rotor r0377[0...n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total r0378[0...n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d r0382[0...n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Mot L_magn transf r0384[0...n] Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd r0386[0...
PAGE 533
2 Parameters 2.3 Parameters for data sets 2.3.4 Power unit Data Sets (PDS) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: PDS p0124[0...n] CU detection via LED / CU detection LED r0200[0...n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no. act p0201[0...n] Power unit code number / PU code no r0203[0...n] Actual power unit type / PU actual type r0204[0...n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property p0251[0...n] Operating hours counter power unit fan / PU fan t_oper p0254[0...
PAGE 534
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.1 Binector inputs (BI) Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: BI 534 p0043 BI: Enable energy usage display / Enab energy usage p0730 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 0 / CU S_src DO 0 p0731 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 1 / CU S_src DO 1 p0732 BI: CU signal source for terminal DO 2 / CU S_src DO 2 p0782[0...
PAGE 535
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p2103[0...n] BI: 1st acknowledge faults / 1st acknowledge p2104[0...n] BI: 2nd acknowledge faults / 2nd acknowledge p2105[0...n] BI: 3rd acknowledge faults / 3rd acknowledge p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1 p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2 p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3 p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1 p2116[0...
PAGE 536
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.
PAGE 537
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p1138[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-up time scaling / RFG t_RU scal p1139[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator ramp-down time scaling / RFG t_RD scal p1144[0...n] CI: Ramp-function generator setting value / RFG setting value p1522[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper / M_max upper p1523[0...n] CI: Torque limit lower / M_max lower p1528[0...n] CI: Torque limit upper scaling / M_max upper scal p1529[0...
PAGE 538
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p20218[0...1] 2.4.3 CI: NSW 0 inputs / NSW 0 inputs p20223[0...1] CI: NSW 1 inputs / NSW 1 inputs p20228 CI: LIM 0 input X / LIM 0 input X p20236 CI: LIM 1 input X / LIM 1 input X p20244[0...1] CI: PT1 0 inputs / PT1 0 inputs p20250[0...1] CI: PT1 1 inputs / PT1 1 inputs p20256[0...
PAGE 539
2 Parameters 2.
PAGE 540
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 2.4.
PAGE 541
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) r1045 CO: Mot. potentiometer speed setp. in front of ramp-fct. gen. / Mop n_set bef RFG r1050 CO: Motorized potentiometer setpoint after ramp-function generator / Mot poti setpoint r1073 CO: Main setpoint effective / Main setpoint eff r1077 CO: Supplementary setpoint effective / Suppl setpoint eff r1078 CO: Total setpoint effective / Total setpoint eff p1083[0...
PAGE 542
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 542 p2201[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 1 / Tec_ctrl fix val1 p2202[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 2 / Tec_ctr fix val 2 p2203[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 3 / Tec_ctr fix val 3 p2204[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 4 / Tec_ctr fix val 4 p2205[0...n] CO: Technology controller fixed value 5 / Tec_ctr fix val 5 p2206[0...
PAGE 543
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) p11192 2.4.
PAGE 544
2 Parameters 2.4 BICO parameters (connectors/binectors) 544 r1199.0...8 CO/BO: Ramp-function generator status word / RFG ZSW r1204.0...13 CO/BO: Flying restart U/f control status / FlyRest Uf st r1204.0...15 CO/BO: Flying restart U/f control status / FlyRest Uf st r1205.0...21 CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st r1205.0...20 CO/BO: Flying restart vector control status / FlyRest vector st r1214.0...15 CO/BO: Automatic restart status / AR status r1239.8...
PAGE 545
2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5.1 Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" The following list contains the parameters with the "WRITE_NO_LOCK" attribute. These parameters are not affected by the write protection. Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng, Type: WRITE_NO_LOCK 2.5.2 p0003 Access level / Acc_level p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt p0124[0...
PAGE 546
2 Parameters 2.5 Parameters for write protection and know-how protection 2.5.3 p8809[0...
PAGE 547
2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) The parameters required for the quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) are shown in Table 2-10: . Table 2-10 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Par. no.
PAGE 548
2 Parameters 2.6 Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1) Table 2-10 Par. no. Quick commissioning (p0010 = 1), continued Name Access level Can be changed p1300 Open-loop/closed-loop control operating mode 2 C(1)T p1500 Torque setpoint selection 2 C(1)T p1900 Motor data identification and rotating measurement 2 C(1)T p3900 Completion of quick commissioning C(1) 1 If p0010 = 1 is selected, p0003 (user access level) can be used to select the parameters that are to be accessed.
PAGE 549
Function diagrams 3 Content 3.1 Table of contents 550 3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 557 3.3 Input/output terminals 562 3.4 PROFIenergy 574 3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP 577 3.6 CANopen communication 593 3.7 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus, BACnet) 600 3.8 Internal control/status words 607 3.9 Setpoint channel 625 3.10 Vector control / U/f control 635 3.11 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) 667 3.
PAGE 550
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.1 3.2 Table of contents Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 551
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 2472 – PROFIdrive - status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591 2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592 3.6 CANopen communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 552
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.9 Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 3001 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 553
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 6790 – Flux setpoint (RESM, p0300 = 6xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 6791 – Id setpoint (RESM, p0300 = 6xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663 6792 – Interface to the Power Module (RESM, p0300 = 6xx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 554
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.13 Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695 7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 7032 – Multi-zone control . . . . .
PAGE 555
3 Function diagrams 3.1 Table of contents 3.16 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729 8005 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730 8010 – Speed signals 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 556
3 Function diagrams 3.
PAGE 557
3 Function diagrams 3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 3.
PAGE 558
Connectors Meaning 1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) Parameter name [Unit] Monitoring parameter with unit [Unit] and index range rxxxx[y..z] [y..z] or data set [C/D] Parameter name from ... to [Unit] pxxxx[C/D] (Def) Setting parameter with min/max value and unit [Unit] data set [C/D] and factory setting (Def) *) Data sets Binectors Connectors/binectors Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Parameter name pxxxx[y..z] (Def) Connector input CI with index range [y..
PAGE 559
Fig. 3-2 1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Pre-assigned connectors and binectors Symbols for logic functions Symbols for computational and closed-loop control functions Fixed percentage values or -10 000.00 … 10 000.00 [%] p2900[D] (0.00) -10 000.00 … 10 000.00 [%] p2901[D] (0.00) p2902[5] = +100 % p2902[6] = +150 % p2902[7] = +200 % p2902[8] = -5 % p2902[9] = -10 % OR element 1 x1 =1 r2902[0...14] x1 = -210 000.
PAGE 560
T 0 pxxxx y Simple changeover switch 0 y 1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) The switch position is shown according to the factory setting of pxxxx (in this case switch position 1). 0 pxxxx T T Damping, numerator D_n pwwww 1 The digital signal x must have the value "1" without any interruption during the time T before output y changes to "1".
PAGE 561
Fig. 3-4 1030 – Handling BICO technology SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Handling BICO technology Binector: r0723.15 Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output). They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 from r0723). Connector: r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentage variables, speeds or torques).
PAGE 562
3 Function diagrams 3.3 Input/output terminals 3.3 Input/output terminals Function diagrams 2201 – Connection overview 563 2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) 564 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) 565 2251 – Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1) 566 2252 – Analog input 2 (AI 2) 567 2256 – Analog inputs as digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12) 568 2261 – Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ...
PAGE 563
Fig. 3-5 CU DI simulation CU DI t_debounce p0795.0...12 p0724 r0721.0...12 0 T X131 2201 – Connection overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Simulation for DI 0 ... DI 5 9 +24 V OUT 28 GND 69 DI COM p0796.0...12 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.0...12 CU DI status r0722 r0722.0...12 0 & 1 1 = Simulation on [2221] 5 DI 0 6 DI 1 7 DI 2 8 DI 3 16 DI 4 17 DI 5 14 T1 MOTOR 6 Digital inputs CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.0 1 24 V ...
PAGE 564
Switching to M potential Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 9 +24 V OUT Kl. 28 GND Kl. 28 GND Kl. 69 DI COM Kl. 69 DI COM 1 = Simulation on 2221 – Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5) Kl. 69 DI COM CU DI simulation p0795.0 r0721.0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 Kl. 5 DI 0 DI 0 Kl. 5 p0796.0 T p0795.1 Kl. 6 DI 1 Kl. 6 DI 1 DI 1 Kl. 6 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 p0796.1 T 1 p0795.2 CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 DI 2 Kl. 7 DI 2 DI 2 Kl. 7 p0796.2 T p0795.
PAGE 565
Fig. 3-7 2242 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 CU DO inv p0748.0 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 0 0 p0730 (52.3) 1 DO 0 1 NC Kl. 18 NO COM Kl. 19 Kl. 20 CU DO inv p0748.1 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 1 0 p0731 (52.7) 1 1 DO 1 NO COM Kl. 21 Kl. 22 CU DO inv p0748.2 CU DO status r0747 CU S_src DO 2 0 p0732 (52.2) 1 DO 2 1 NC Kl. 23 NO COM Kl. 24 Kl. 25 3 4 5 6 fp_2242_97_01.vsd 13.03.2018 V4.
PAGE 566
20 mA 20 mA 1 3 T CU AI status word r0751 F03505 "Wire breakage" 0 3 0 <2> CU AI U/I_inp act r0752 Current AI 0/1 U U U Voltage I I Kl. 3 (Kl. 10) AI 0/1 U I <1> I Hardware smoothing 100 µs + A D – Kl. 4 (Kl. 11) <5> Type switching Analog input <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 p0757[0..3] (0.000) p0759[0..3] (10.000) CU AI T_smooth CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] p0797[0..3] (0) p0753[0..3] (0.0) y [%] CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ...
PAGE 567
LG-Ni1000 PT1000 Current 2252 – Analog input 2 (AI 2) LG-Ni1000/PT1000/DIN Ni 1k (6180 ppm / K) Fig. 3-9 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 °C I <2> <3> CU AI type 0 ... 10 p0756 [2] (4) (2) CU WireBrkThresh 0.00 ... 20.00 (0.00) p0761 [2] (2.00) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [2] (0) (0) 20 mA 20 mA 1 CU wire brk t_del 0 ... 1000 [ms] [2](100) (100) p0762 3 T CU AI status word r0751 0 F03505 "Wire breakage" [7033.
PAGE 568
Kl. 1 +10 V OUT (Kl. 9) (+24 V OUT) Kl. 2 GND I <1> 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 3 Kl. 4 r0721.11 AI 0+ (DI 11) AI 0- 1 0 0 p0796.11 Kl. 11 r0721.12 AI 1+ (DI 12) 1 p0796.12 0 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.11 1 CU DI status inv r0723 r0723.12 & CU DI t_debounce p0724 0 AI 10 T 1 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.12 1.6 V 4.0 V Kl. 10 1 = Simulation on CU DI simulation p0795.11 CU DI t_debounce p0724 T 0 & 1 CU DI status r0722 r0722.11 CU DI status r0722 r0722.
PAGE 569
CU AO char y1 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0778[0..2] (0.000) [0] (0.000) Smoothing D y 2 AO 0+ A 4 mA y1 Scaling <1> Kl. 12 Voltage output 0 x2 x [%] Voltage output <4> y2 x x1 1 0, 1 0 … 10 V 0 <1> CU AO U/I_outp r0774[0] y 0 … 10 V <1> CU AO char y2 -20.000 ... 20.000 [V] p0780[0..2] (20.000) [0] (20.000) 0 … 20 mA CU AO S_src p0771 [0] (21[0]) y CU AO T_smooth 0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms] (0) p0773[0] (0.0) CU AO type 0 ... 2 p0776 [0] (0) (0) GND Kl.
PAGE 570
2270 – Temperature evaluation LG-Ni1000/PT1000 (AI 3) Kl. 52 CU AI type 0 ... 10 p0756 [3] (4) (8) AI 3+/LG-NI1000 Hardware smoothing 100 µs <1> + LG-Ni1000 PT1000 Kl. 53 A D Type switching Analog input GND <2> <2> CU AI char x1 CU AI char x2 -50.000 ... 160.000 -50.000 ... 160.000 (0.00) (0.00) p0757 [3] (0.000) p0759 [3] (10.000) CU AI sim_mode 0 ... 1 p0797 [3] (0) (0) CU AI char y2 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.00) p0760 [3] (100.00) 0 y2 x y CU AI char y1 -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [%] (0.
PAGE 571
Fig. 3-13 2272 – Two wire control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Two-wire control (p0015 = 17 or p3334 = 1) clockwise/counterclockwise 1 Two-wire control (p0015 = 18 or p3334 = 2) clockwise/counterclockwise 2 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) CU DI status r0722 r0722.x CU DI status r0722 r0722.x 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) 2/3 wire cmd 1 p3330[C] (0) 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r3333 p0840[C] r3333.0 (2090.0) 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.
PAGE 572
2/3 wire select 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) 2/3 wire select 0 ... 4 p3334 (0) CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x CU DI status r0722 r0722.x CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x 2/3 wire cmd 1 p3330[C] (0) 2/3 wire STW ON / OFF (OFF1) r3333 p0840[C] r3333.0 (2090.0) 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.1 2/3 wire cmd 2 p3331[C] (0) 2/3 wire cmd 3 p3332[C] (0) 1 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.2 1 2/3 wire STW r3333 r3333.3 Setp inv p1113[C] (2090.11) CU DI Status r0722 r0722.x CU DI status r0722 r0722.x <1> CU DI Status r0722 r0722.
PAGE 573
Fig. 3-15 X9.1 24 V X9.2 M Kl. 9 2275 – PM330 - digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 4), digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 ext. 24 V Kl. 28 X9.3 X9.3 DI 0 +24 V OUT GND 1 = Simulation on PM330 DI sim_mode p4095.0 DI 0 0 p4096.0 X9.4 DI 1 DI 1 0 p4096.1 X9.5 DI 2 DI 2 0 p4096.2 X9.7 DI 3 M X9.6 DI 3 X9.7 M CU DI t_debounce p0724 T 0 CU DI t_debounce p0724 T 0 p4096.3 External alarm 3 [2546.
PAGE 574
3 Function diagrams 3.4 PROFIenergy 3.
PAGE 575
Fig. 3-16 "Start_Pause" PROFINET 2381 – Control commands and interrogation commands SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 PROFIenergy control commands Pause_Time "Start_Pause_with_time_response" 1 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.
PAGE 576
PROFIenergy POWER OFF S1: Switching on inhibited PROFIenergy Energysaving mode active A08800 <2> PROFIenergy Energy-saving mode 2 & 1 = PE active r5613.0 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 1 = Trans into energy-saving mode from PROFIdrive state S4 possible p5611.2 S2: Ready for switching on & Start_Pause 1 = PE inactive 1 r5613.1 Drive at standstill Start_Pause Pe mode ID r5600 1 = Inhibit PROFIenergy p5611.0 & 1 = Drive initiates OFF1 p5611.
PAGE 577
3 Function diagrams 3.5 Communication PROFIdrive (PROFIBUS/PROFINET), EtherNet/IP 3.
PAGE 578
Description Interconnection ... ... ... ... ... ... Receive telegram Header Permanently assigned telegrams [2440] ... [2446] Data Interconnecting the permanently assigned send telegrams PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Signal Description ... ... ... ... ... ... Trailer Interconnection LED Monitoring Axxxxx Fxxxxx Diagnostics rxxxx [2450] ...
PAGE 579
Fig. 3-19 0 1/2/5 Fieldbus 4 CU-specific functions Drive-specific functions PB suppl t_monit 0 ... 20000 [ms] p2047 (0) No protocol USS/Modbus/BACnet [9310] … [9372] CANopen [9204] … [9226] PD PZD state r2043.0 3 7/10 T Monitoring functions PB address 1 ... 126 p0918 (126) Faults Cyclic telegrams from the master 0 A01920 "PROFIBUS: Cyclic connection interrupted" t > t_response <1> No cyclic telegrams PD fault delay from the master 0 ...
PAGE 580
Manufacturer-specific telegrams Interconnection is made according to Free telegram [2440], [2450] automatically 350 352 353 354 999 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 STW1 ZSW1 PZD2 NSOLL_A NIST_A NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL NSOLL_A NIST_A_GL PZD3 IAIST_GL M_LIM IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL <3> IAIST_GL PZD4 MIST_GL STW3 ZSW3 <3> MIST_GL <3> MIST_GL PZD5 PIST_GL <3> WARN_CODE <3> WARN_CODE PZD6 <2> <3> FA
PAGE 581
Fig. 3-21 <3> PROFIdrive receive telegram Header r2090...r2095 Bit r2050[0...11] WORD ... Data Trailer Telegram assignment according to p0922 <4> [2420] <4> Signal targets for PZD receive signals Signal <1> <2> PROFIdrive Interconnection Signal No. parameter Meaning Function diagram Data type (bit serial) [2442] U16 - Scaling STW1 Control word 1 NSOLL_A Speed setpoint A (16-bit) 5 p1070 [3030.2] I16 4000 hex p2000 M_LIM Torque limit 310 p1552, p1554 [6060.
PAGE 582
2441 – PROFIdrive - STW1 control word interconnection (p2038 = 2) Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.
PAGE 583
Fig. 3-23 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 584
<1> Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted 2446 – PROFIdrive - STW3 control word interconnection SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 STW3.0 1 = Fixed setp bit 0 p1020[0] = r2093.0 [3010.2] [3010.2] - STW3.1 1 = Fixed setp bit 1 p1021[0] = r2093.1 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.2 1 = Fixed setp bit 2 p1022[0] = r2093.2 [2513.2] [3010.2] - STW3.
PAGE 585
Fig. 3-25 Signal Description <1> PROFIdrive Interconnection Signal No. parameter Function diagram Data type PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...16] WORD r2053[0...16] WORD Scaling ...
PAGE 586
Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted <1> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 ZSW1.0 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.
PAGE 587
Fig. 3-27 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted <1> 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.
PAGE 588
<1> Interconnection parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal [Function diagram] signal status word source Inverted 2456 – PROFIdrive - ZSW3 status word interconnection ZSW3.0 1 = DC braking active [2511.7] [7017.5] - ZSW3.1 1 = |n_act| > p1226 (n_standstill) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.2 1 = |n_act| > p1080 (n_min) [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.3 1 = I_act p2170 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.4 1 = |n_act| > p2155 [2511.7] [2534.7] - ZSW3.5 1 = |n_act| p2155 [2511.7] [2534.
PAGE 589
Fig. 3-29 PROFINET PROFIBUS PZD receive word 1 <4> <4> r2060 [0] r2050 [0] r2050 [1] r2060 [1] PROFIdrive receive telegram PZD receive word 3 Header PZD receive word 4 Data Trailer r2091.0 r2091.15 PZD recv word r2092.0 r2092.15 PZD recv word r2093.
PAGE 590
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 2470 – PROFIdrive - send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) PZD send DW p2061[0] PZD 1+2 (0) PZD send word p2051[1] (2089[0]) (63[0]) PZD send DW p2061[1] PZD 2+3 (0) PZD send word p2051[2] (2089[0]) (0) (0) PZD send word p2051[3] (2089[0]) (0) (0) PZD send word p2051[4] (2089[0]) (0) PZD send DW p2061[2] PZD 3+4 PZD send DW p2061[3] PZD 4+5 Diag send word r2053 [0…16] PZD send word p2051[0] (2089[0]) <1
PAGE 591
Fig. 3-31 5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) (0.0) [1] Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (899.0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089[2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 1 0 1 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [1] (0.0) 0 [15] 1 (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [4].
PAGE 592
SINAMICS (PROFINET) [2401] – [2472] 0 2473 – EtherNet/IP - control word / status word interconnection Fieldbus „EtherNet/IP“ (p2030 = 10) Signal ODVA 1 PZD telegr_sel 1 ... 999 p0922 (1) PZD send word 1...8 p2051[0...16] WORD r2061[0...15] DWORD ... Interconnection is made according to Telegram PZD1 PZD2 STW1 NSOLL_A ZSW1 NIST_A 1 Signal targets for PZD receive signals ...
PAGE 593
3 Function diagrams 3.6 CANopen communication 3.
PAGE 594
9204 – Receive telegram, free PDO mapping (p8744 = 2) <2> RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. <1> Receive buffer PZD receive word 1 Object 1 r2050 [0] PZD recv word Object 2 Sub-D socket CAN bus Object 3 PZD receive word 2 r2050 [1] Object 4 Receive PDO 2 p8701 RPDO 2 PZD receive word 3 r2050 [2] The assignment is made from RPDO 1, RPDO 2 ... RPDO 8 and from receiver buffer word. PZD3 recv bitw r2092.0 Bit 0 ... Bit 15 r2092.
PAGE 595
Fig. 3-34 9206 – Receive telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Receive PDO 1 0000 hex ... 8000 06DF hex p8700[0..1] (8000 06DF hex) Mapping RPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8710[0..3] (0000 hex) <2> RPDO 1 Automatic assignment of the RPDOs to the receive buffer. Receive buffer <1> 60400010 PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0] PZD1 recv bitw r2090.0 Bit 0 ... r2090.
PAGE 596
Diag send word r2053[0..16] ... Send buffer Automatic assignment of the send buffer to the TPDOs Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..3] (0000 hex) <1> TPDO 1 Object 1 PZD send word 1 Object 2 PZD send word p2051 [1] (2089[0]) Object 3 PZD send word 2 Object 4 PZD send word p2051 [2] (2089[0]) PZD send word p2051 [3] (2089[0]) Transmit PDO 2 p8721 PZD send word 3 The assignment is made from send buffer 1 and from TPDO 1.
PAGE 597
Fig. 3-36 9210 – Send telegram, Predefined Connection Set (p8744 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Transmit PDO 1 0000 hex ... C000 06DF hex p8720[0..4] (C000 06DF hex) CANopen send words 1 ... 7 PZD send word p2051 [0] (2089[0]) PZD send word p2051 [1] (2089[0]) PZD send word p2051 [2] (2089[0]) Diag send word r2053[0..16] ... Send buffer Mapping TPDO 1 0000 hex ... FFFF FFFF hex p8730[0..
PAGE 598
Signal Interconnection <1> parameters Meaning [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target STW.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with RFG, then pulse suppression and ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control STW.1 1 = No coast-down activated (enable possible) 0 = Activate coast-down (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control STW.
PAGE 599
Fig. 3-38 9226 – Status word CANopen (r8784) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Bit No.
PAGE 600
3 Function diagrams 3.7 Communication, fieldbus interface (USS, Modbus, BACnet) 3.
PAGE 601
Fig. 3-39 Monitoring functions Fieldbus t_monit 0 ... 1999999 [ms] p2040 (1000) p2021 Field bus baud p2020 >0 Cyclic telegrams from the master Actual address Memory T USS configuration SET Field bus USS PZD p2022 F01910 "Fieldbus IF: setpoint timeout" 0 No telegrams from the master t POWER ON Field bus USS PKW p2023 Field bus address 1 ...
PAGE 602
Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted STW1.0 = ON (pulses can be enabled) 0 = OFF1 (braking with ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression & ready for switching on) p0840[0] = r2090.0 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.1 1 = No OFF2 (enable is possible) 0 = OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switching on inhibited) p0844[0] = r2090.1 [2501.3] Sequence control - STW1.
PAGE 603
Fig. 3-41 Signal Meaning Interconnection parameters [Function diagram] internal control word [Function diagram] signal target Inverted <1> 1 = Ready for switching on p2080[0] = r0899.0 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.1 1 = Ready for operation (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) p2080[1] = r0899.1 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) p2080[2] = r0899.2 [2503.7] Sequence control - ZSW1.3 1 = Fault present p2080[3] = r2139.3 [2548.
PAGE 604
<2> 9360 – Receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) Fieldbus PZD receive word 1 r2050 [0] PZD receive word 2 r2050 [1] PZD receive word 3 r2050 [2] PZD receive word 4 r2050 [3] Receive telegram PZD receive word 5 PZD recv word r2050 [4] PZD receive word 6 PZD recv word r2050 [5] PZD receive word 7 PZD recv word r2050 [6] PZD receive word 8 PZD recv word r2050 [7] PZD receive word 9 PZD recv word r2050 [8] PZD receive word 10 PZD recv word r2050 [9] PZD receive wor
PAGE 605
Fig. 3-43 ...
PAGE 606
5 binector-connector converter Bin/con ZSW3 p2082[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].0 Bin/con ZSW1 p2080[0…15] [0] (899.0) [1] (0.0) 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [2] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [2].15 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [0] 1 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [0].15 1 Bin/con ZSW inv p2088 [3].0 (0.0) 0 [15] 1 Bin/con ZSW4 p2083[0…15] [0] (0) [1] (0.0) 1 0 1 0 1 Bin/con ZSW send r2089 [1] (0.
PAGE 607
3 Function diagrams 3.8 Internal control/status words 3.
PAGE 608
<2> <3> OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) <2> <3> OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (2090.2) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) Bit No. ON / OFF (OFF1) p0840 [C] (2090.0) <3> STW seq_ctrl r0898 r0898 Control word sequence control (r0898) 0 = ON 0 = OFF1 active r0898.0 To Sequence control [2610] 1 1 = Operating condition, no coast down active (OFF2 inactive) 0 = OFF2 active r0898.1 To Sequence control [2610] 2 1 = Operating condition, no Quick stop active (OFF3 inactive) 0 = OFF3 active r0898.
PAGE 609
Fig. 3-46 2503 – Status word, sequence control (r0899) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 PROFIdrive-Bit Bit No. From Sequence control [2610] 0 1 = Ready for switch on r0899.0 From Sequence control [2610] 1 1 = Ready (DC link loaded, pulses inhibited) r0899.1 From Sequence control [2610] 2 1 = Operation enabled (drive follows n_set) r0899.2 From Sequence control [2610] 3 1 = Jog active r0899.
PAGE 610
n_set_fixed Bit 0 2505 – Control word, setpoint channel (r1198) (0) p1021 [C] 0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 r1198.0 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] To control word 2 [2513.2] 1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198.1 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] To control word 2 [2513.2] 2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198.2 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.2] To control word 2 [2513.2] 3 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 r1198.3 To fixed speed setpoints [3010.2], [3011.
PAGE 611
Fig. 3-48 2510 – Status word 1 (r0052) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 ZSW 1 Bit No. ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.1 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.2 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.3 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.4 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.5 ZSW seq_ctrl [2503.7] r0899 r0899.6 ZSW seq_ctrl [2548.7] r2139 r2139.7 ZSW fault/alarm 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.7 ZSW monitor 1 [2503.7] r0899 r0899.7 ZSW seq_ctrl [2534.
PAGE 612
[7017.5] r1239 r1239.8 DCBRK ZSW [2534.7] r2197 r2197.5 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.0 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.8 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.2 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.1 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.4 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.9 ZSW monitor 1 [2534.7] r2197 r2197.10 ZSW monitor 1 [3080.7] r1199 r1199.2 RFG ZSW [7958.7] r2349 r2349.10 Tec_ctrl status [7958.7] r2349 r2349.
PAGE 613
Fig. 3-50 2512 – Control word 1 (r0054) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 OFF2 S_src 1 p0844 [C] (2090.1) OFF2 S_src 2 p0845 [C] (1) STW 1 p0840 [C] ON / OFF (OFF1) (2090.0) & OFF3 S_src 1 p0848 [C] (2090.2) OFF3 S_src 2 p0849 [C] (1) p0852 [C] Enable operation (2090.3) & p1140 [C] Enable RFG (2090.4) p1141 [C] Continue RFG (2090.5) 1st acknowledge p2103 [C] (2090.7) 2nd acknowledge p2104 [C] (722.
PAGE 614
[2505.7] r1198 r1198.0 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.1 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.2 STW setpoint chan [2505.7] r1198 r1198.3 STW setpoint chan [8565.7] r0837 r0837.0 DDS selected [8565.7] r0837 r0837.1 DDS selected [7958.6] r2349 r2349.0 Tec_ctrl status [7017.7] r1239 r1239.11 DCBRK ZSW SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 [2546.7] [8560.7] r2138 r2138.13 r0836 r0836.
PAGE 615
Fig. 3-52 2522 – Status word, speed controller (r1407) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Bit No. From the changeover, closed-loop control types From sequence control [2610] From the speed controller [6040.7] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407 Status word speed controller (r1407) 0 1 = U/f control active r1407.0 1 1 = Sensorless operation active r1407.1 2 Reserved r1407.2 r1407.3 3 1 = Speed control active ... Reserved From the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 616
ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056 Status word closed-loop control (r0056) 0 1 = Initialization completed r0056.0 1 1 = De-magnetization completed r0056.1 2 1 = Pulse enable available r0056.2 3 Reserved <1> [6722.7] <2> [6837.3] 4 1 = Magnetization completed r0056.4 <1> [6301.4] <3> [6851.5] 5 1 = Starting boost active r0056.5 <1> [6301.2] <3> [6851.2] 6 1 = Acceleration voltage active <1> [6730.4], [6731.4], [6792.4] <2> [6841.4], [6842.4], [6843.4] <3> [6856.
PAGE 617
Fig. 3-54 2530 – Status word, current control (r1408) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Bit No. [6714.5] [6714.8] [6730.3] [2536.7] r2198 r2198.7 1 = Current controller active r1408.0 1 1 = Id controller I comp. limitation r1408.1 2 Reserved 3 1 = Voltage limitation 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 1 = Speed adaptation limitation 11 Reserved 12 1 = Motor stalled r1408.
PAGE 618
0 1 = |n_act| n_min p1080 From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = |n_act| speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.1 2 1 = |n_act| > speed threshold value 2 (p2155) <1> r2197.2 From speed signals [8011.8] 3 1 = n_act 0 r2197.3 From monitoring functions [8022.8] 4 1 = |n_act| n_set r2197.4 From monitoring functions [8022.8] 5 1 = |n_act| n_standstill p1226 r2197.5 From speed signals [8010.8] 6 1 = |n_act| > n_max r2197.6 From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 619
Fig. 3-56 2536 – Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Bit No. ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198 Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198) 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = |n_set| < p2161 r2198.4 From speed signals [8011.8] 5 1 = n_set > 0 r2198.5 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.7] 6 1 = Motor blocked r2198.6 From torque messages, motor locked/stalled [8012.
PAGE 620
Bit No. ZSW monitor 3 r2199 r2199 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 From speed signals [8010.8] 0 1 = |n_act| < speed threshold value 3 (p2161) <1> From speed signals [8010.8] 1 1 = f or n comparison value reached or exceeded (p2141) 2 Reserved 3 Reserved From speed signals [8011.8] 4 1 = Speed setpoint - actual value deviation within tolerance t_on r2199.4 From speed signals [8011.
PAGE 621
Fig. 3-58 2546 – Control word, faults/alarms (r2138) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 PROFIdrive-Bit Bit No. 1st acknowledge p2103 [C] (2090.7) 2nd acknowledge p2104 [C] (722.2) 1 3rd acknowledge p2105 [C] (0) Pulse generator 0 Reserved ... Reserved 6 Reserved 7 STW fault/alarm r2138 r2138 Control word, faults/alarms 1 = Acknowledge fault 8 Reserved 9 Reserved r2138.7 [2512.4], [8060.
PAGE 622
2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135) 1 = Acknowledgment running r2139.0 1 1 = Acknowledgment required r2139.1 ... Reserved 3 1 = Fault present ... Reserved 6 1 = Internal signal 1 present r2139.6 7 1 = Alarm present r2139.7 8 1 = Internal signal 2 present r2139.8 ... Reserved From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 11 1 = Alarm class bit 0 r2139.11 From the alarm buffer [8065.4] 12 1 = Alarm class bit 1 r2139.12 From the alarm buffer [8065.
PAGE 623
Fig. 3-60 <2> POWER ON <1> Pulse enable HW <4> S1: Switching on inhibited 1 2000.00 µs Fault with OFF1- or OFF3 response 1 ... Drive at standstill From all states ZSWA.06 = 1, ZSWA.11 = 0 ZSWA.00/01/02 = 0 2610 – Sequence control - Sequencer SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 p0857 … p0861 "0 = OFF" (STWA.00) Drive at standstill Pulses inhibited <3> <4> <3> <4> "0 = Coast Stop" (STWA.01) "0 = Quick Stop" (STWA.02) <6> r0046.
PAGE 624
Missing enable signals (r0046) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 2634 – Sequence control - missing enable signals, line contactor control 0 1 = OFF1 enable missing r0046.0 1 1 = OFF2 enable missing r0046.1 2 1 = OFF3 enable missing r0046.2 3 1 = Operation enable missing r0046.3 r0046.4 Control Unit [3020.5] Line supply 4 1 = DC current brake, enable missing ... Reserved 8 1 = Safety enable missing ...
PAGE 625
3 Function diagrams 3.9 Setpoint channel 3.
PAGE 626
+ p1071 RFG setp at inp [rpm] r1119 0 0 + 0 1 n_set_1 p1076 +/- 1 0 Jog 1 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1058 [D] (150.000) Jog 2 n_set -210000.000 ... 210000.000 [rpm] p1059 [D] (-150.000) [6300.1] [6850.
PAGE 627
Fig. 3-63 3010 – Fixed speed setpoints, binary selection (p1016 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 n_set_fix select 1 ... 2 p1016 (1) 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.1 p1021 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.2 p1022 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 p1023 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.3 0.000 1 [3011] 2 1 [3011] n_set_fixed No act r1197 0 0 0 0 n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] p1001 [D] (0.
PAGE 628
1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 0 p1020 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.0 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 1 p1021 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.1 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 2 p1022 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.2 1 = Fixed setpoint, bit 3 p1023 r1198 [2505.6] r1198.3 1 2 [3010] 1 2 n_setp_fix status [3010] r1025 1 2 [3010] 1 2 [3010] n_set_fixed 1 [rpm] p1001 [D] (0.000) 0001 n_set_fixed 2 [rpm] p1002 [D] (0.000) 0010 n_set_fixed 3 [rpm] p1003 [D] (0.000) 0100 n_set_fixed 4 [rpm] p1004 [D] (0.
PAGE 629
Fig. 3-65 1 Mop configuration p1030 [D] (0000 0110 bin) 3020 – Motorized potentiometer SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Data save active 0 Automatic mode Ramp-function generator active Initial rounding-off active 2 Save in NVRAM active 3 Ramp-function generator is always active 4 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p1040.
PAGE 630
Setpoint from external operating tool or operator panel. Interp_cyc n_set p1079 (0.00) Main setp scal p1071 [C] (1) <5> x,y Total setpoint eff [rpm] x 1 Main setpoint <4> p1070 [C] (2050[1]) STW seq_ctrl r0898 [2501.7] r0898.9 p1056 r1078 y 0 0 Main setpoint eff [rpm] 0 r1073 t Jog 1 n_set p1058 [D] (150.000) 0 1 + n_set_1 0 Suppl setp <4> p1075 [C] (0) Suppl setp scal p1076 [C] (1) + Suppl setpoint eff [rpm] Jog 2 n_set p1059 [D] (-150.000) 1 [3040.
PAGE 631
Fig. 3-67 3040 – Direction limitation and direction reversal SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1113 [2505.2] r1198.11 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1111 [2505.2] r1198.6 STW setpoint chan r1198 p1110 [2505.2] r1198.5 1 = Setpoint inversion ESM ZSW r3889 [7033.2] r3889.0 1 = Extended service mode (ESM) activated p3880 1 = Inhibit positive direction of rotation 1 = Inhibit negative direction of rotation Setp_chan n_lim 0.000 ... 210000.
PAGE 632
<1> n_skip 3 [rpm] p1093 [D] (0.000) <1> n_skip 4 [rpm] p1094 [D] (0.000) <1> n_limit pos p1085 [C] (1083[0]) <1> n_limit pos eff [rpm] r1084 Min 3050 – Skip frequency bands and speed limitations n_skip scal p1098 [C] (1) [6030.1], [6640.5], [6822.1], [6828.5], [7958.6], [8010.2] 0 n_limit pos [rpm] p1083 [D] (210000.000) n_min s_src p1106 [C] (0) -1 -1 -1 -1 n_min [rpm] p1080 [D] (0.000) Reference value for the rampfunction generator n_max [rpm] p1082 [D] (1500.000) <2> y [3020.
PAGE 633
Fig. 3-69 3070 – Extended ramp-function generator SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 RFG ramp-down time 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] p1121 [D] (10.000) RFG t_RD scal <4> p1139 [C] RFG ramp-up time 0.000 ... 999999.000 [s] (1) p1120 [D] (10.000) RFG t_RU scal p1138 [C] (1) OFF3 t_RD RFG t_start_round RFGOFF3 t_strt_rnd RFG t_end_delay RFG OFF3 t_end_del 0.000 ... 5400.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] 0.000 ... 30.000 [s] p1135 [D] (30.
PAGE 634
3080 – Ramp-function generator selection, status word, tracking x,y [3070.8] T1 x n_set_5 x y Speed setpoint sum [rpm] [3050.1] r1170 [6030.1] [6822.1] [8011.1] From the extended ramp-function generator t Interpolator RFG track intens 0.0 ... 50.0 p1145 [D] (0.0) <1> ZSW n_ctrl r1407 [2522.7] r1407.7 Ramp-function generator tracking Ramp flattening-off 1 = Torque limit reached Ramp-function generator status word [3070.8] [3070.
PAGE 635
3 Function diagrams 3.10 Vector control / U/f control 3.
PAGE 636
3 Function diagrams 3.
PAGE 637
Fig. 3-71 6019 – Application classes (p0096), overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Possible application classes (p0096) For induction motor (p0300 = 1xx) p0096 = 0 Power Module PM240 PM240-2 p0096 = 1 For synchronous motor (p0300 = 2xx) <1> For reluctance synchronous motor (p0300 = 6xx) p0096 = 0 Not available. Applicable function diagrams: Chapter "Vector control / U/f control" p0096 = 0 Not available.
PAGE 638
[3001.8] n_ctrl SL Kp p1470 Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 Mot M_mom of inert p0341 n_ctrl SL Tn p1472 a_prectrl scal p1496 n_set_filt 1 T p1416 n_set after filter [rpm] r0062 n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 M_accel [Nm] r1518 [0] Kp Tn Symmetrizing – [6030] Speed setpoint filter [6031] Acceleration model M_set [Nm] r0079 r1508 n_pre-control [6700.1] [6700.1] [6700.1] M_set bef.
PAGE 639
Fig. 3-73 6030 – Speed setpoint SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 n_limit pos eff [rpm] r1084 [3050.8] n_set_filt 1 T 0.00 ... 5000.00 [ms] p1416 [D] (0.00) ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.11 n_set before filt. [rpm] r0060 [6799.1] [2522.3] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1170 n_set after filter [rpm] [6031.1] r0062 [3080.8] n_limit neg eff [rpm] r1087 [3050.8] 0 1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active n_ctrl config p1400.15 [6490.6] 1 0 [6730.1] [6731.
PAGE 640
6031 – Precontrol balancing, acceleration model ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [M] (1.000) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation Calculated accelerating torque n_C n_act T_s SL 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) <1> n_set I_comp [6040.1] 1 Pre-control balancing >0 n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6040.1] 0 n_set after filter [rpm] [6030.
PAGE 641
Fig. 3-75 n_ctrl SL Tn 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1472 [D] (20.0) <1> From Kp/Tn adaptation [6050.7] 6040 – Speed controller SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 n_ctrl SL Kp 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1470 [D] (0.300) Tn_n_basic 1 0 0 n_ctr Tn eff [ms] r1469 n_ctr Kp eff r1468 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active Speed controller Kp Tn Kp Kp + n_C n_act T_s SL Actual speed [rpm] r0063 M_set from speed controller + – 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.
PAGE 642
6050 – Kp_n-/Tn_n adaptation Actual speed [rpm] r0063[0] [6040.8] Kp_n_basic Kp n n_ctr Kp n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1461 [D] (100.0) Kp Kp_n_adapt Tn Tn_n_adapt To the speed controller [6040.4] n n_ctrl n upper <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1465 [D] (210000.00) n_ctrl n lower <1> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1464 [D] (0.00) n_ctr Tn n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1463 [D] (100.0) y n x [6040.8] To the speed controller [6040.
PAGE 643
Fig. 3-77 6060 – Torque setpoint SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 M_accel T_smooth 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p1517 [D] (4.00) <3> <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[0] [6031.8] <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[1] Calculated accelerating torque ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.13 M_max upper eff [Nm] [6640.8] r1538 M_max up w/o offs p1552 [C] (1) [2526.2] M_max up w/o offs [Nm] [6630.8] r1526 1 M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm] r1547[0] [2522.3] ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.
PAGE 644
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 6220 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230/PM240/PM330) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1250 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] r0070 0 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1,3 + – 0 0 1 r0056 r0056.14 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor p1243 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1254 1 Vdc_ctrl output [Arms] r1258 Vdc controller active [6710.
PAGE 645
Fig. 3-79 6300 – U/f control, overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 r0056 . . . Flying restart mode p1200 Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6310.8] [6320] [2526] Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1170 RFG setp at inp [rpm] [3001.8] r1119 Uf Res_damp gain p1338 [6310.4] [6310] + Ramp-function generator + + + + Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [M] [6730.4] [6310] 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm] r1343 [8016.
PAGE 646
Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Dependent on the load current Mot f_rated p0310 [M] ECO Mode Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 20 p1300 [D] (2) r1348 U/f Eco fac act v [%] Flux current control (FCC) Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Voltage max r0071 0 Mot U_rated p0304 1 2 [6300.4] 4 r0077 7 Iq_set [Arms] U/f FCC f_start p1333 [D] Mot f_rated p0310 Mot f_rated p0310 [M] Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 [6300.2] f_set Parabolic I_start (Ua) perm p1310 [D] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.
PAGE 647
Fig. 3-81 6310 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 U/f resonance damping U/f slip compensation Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) – [6300.7] + Iq_act [Arms] r0078 Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) [6714.8] Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.00) Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [M] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 [6730.
PAGE 648
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 6320 – U/f control, Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (PM230/PM240/PM330) Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 3 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1290 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1292 [D] 0 Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6730.1] 1,3 + – 0 0 1 0 0 0,2 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.14 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282 Vdc_max dyn_factor p1283 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1294 Vdc_ctrl output [rpm] r1298 U_connect p0210 [6300.
PAGE 649
Fig. 3-83 Speed control configuration Bit No. Meaning <2> 6490 – Speed control configuration SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 n_reg Konfig p1400[D] 00 1 = Automatic Kp/Tn adaptation active ... Reserved 05 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active ... Reserved 15 1 = Sensorless vector control, speed pre-control active 16 1 = I component for limiting enabled ...
PAGE 650
Meaning 00 Reserved 0 01 1 = Flux setpoint, differentiation active 1 [6723.6] 02 1 = Flux build-up control active 1 [6722.5], [6723.6] 03 1 = Flux characteristic load-dependent 0 [6790.5] 04 Reserved 05 Reserved 06 1 = Quick magnetizing active 0 [6722.5] 07 Reserved 0 08 Reserved 09 1 = Dynamic flux boost, load dependent 0 [6790.3] 10 1 = Flux boost, low speed 0 [6790.3] 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 1 = Efficiency optimization 2 active 0 [6722.
PAGE 651
Fig. 3-85 6630 – Upper/lower torque limit SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Upper torque limit M_max upper -1000000.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p1520 [D] (0.00) M 2 1 n M_max up/mot scal -2000.0 ... 2000.0 [%] p1524 [D] (100.0) M_max upper p1522 [C] (1520[0]) ! M_max up w/o offs [Nm] r1526 <1> [6640.1] M_max upper scal p1528 [C] (1524[0]) Lower torque limit M_max lower -20000000.00 ... 1000000.00 [Nm] p1521 [D] (0.
PAGE 652
Speed limiting Kp from speed controller [6040.5] 6640 – Current/power/torque limits [6723.3] [6724.4] [6791.4] Tn from speed controller [6040.6] Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Current limit p0640 [D] Iq stall calculation n_limit pos eff [rpm] [3050.8] r1084 Current max [Arms] r0067 [6722.1], [6724.1] [8016.8] I_max reduction [6730.4] I_max PM [6731.4] [6792.4] [6721.8] [6723.8] [6791.8] Min Iq_max total [Arms] r1533 x x2 [3050.8] r1087 + r1407.17 [2522.
PAGE 653
Fig. 3-87 6700 – Current control, overview SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 [D] p1717 [D] Iq_set [Arms] r0077 M_set [Nm] r0079 – U_angle + + I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 p1720 <1> p1722 [6714] Current setpoint filter Id_set [Arms] r0075 Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 + Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) P Iq controller M Iq Mod_depth [%] r0074 U_set K + [6020.
PAGE 654
6710 – Current setpoint filter [6220.8] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 1 = Frequency, negative [2526.7] r0056.7 Iq_max 1 1 Isq_max [Arms] r1536 [6640.8] 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl [2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6220.8] r0056.15 [6220.8] 0 Iq_min [6640.8] 1 Isq_min [Arms] r1537 1 0 M_set [Nm] [6060.8] r0079 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 M [6721.8] Iq [6730.1] [6791.8] 1 2 Vector control / U/f control Current setpoint filter [6714.
PAGE 655
Fig. 3-89 6714 – Iq and Id controllers SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [M] <1> [6723.5] Flux setp total [%] <2> [6724.8] r1598 <3> [6791.8] Flux setpoint <3> [6791.8] quadrature axis U_set 1 Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting U_max 1 [6723.2] <1> [6724.2] <2> [6791.2] <3> Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1703 [D] (60.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.9 [2526.2] ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408.1 Direct U set [Vrms] r1732[0..
PAGE 656
6721 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] p0327 [M] (90.0) [6710.8] r1751.0 Iq_set [Arms] r0077 0 MIN Id_inject Id_setp total [Arms] r1624 [6640.1], [6714.1] 1 Load angle correction Id_set Iabs 2 Iq_set 2 M Iq (r1407.2) [6640.5] [6710.2] [6799.7] 0 = M-Ctrl Mot kT_reluctance -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [mH] p0328 [M] (0.00) 1 = n-Ctrl Mot t_excitation 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] p0346 [M] (0.000) kt Rel Mot L_leak total r0377 0 M_set static -200.0 ... 200.
PAGE 657
Fig. 3-91 6722 – Field weakening characteristic, flux setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Field weak T_smth p1584 [D] [6723.3] Mot t_excitation p0346 [M] Field weak scal p1586 [D] Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 p1401.2 1 = Flux build-up control active Actual speed [rpm] [6730.1] r0063 [0] Quick magnetizing active ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 [2526.2] 1 = Field weakening active y Flex setp [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) p1401.
PAGE 658
Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 150.0 [%] p1803 [D] (106.0) <1> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 6723 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1) Calculation, max. modulation depth Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 [6640.1], [6722.1] Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.0 [Vrms] p1574 [D] (2.0) Field_ctr add_setp -80.00 ... 50.00 [%] p1595 [D] (0.00) <1> Field_ctrl Tn 10 ...
PAGE 659
Fig. 3-93 6724 – Field weakening controller (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Drv filt type mot 0 ... 4 p0230 (0) Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_reserve dyn Modulat_depth max [%] 0.0 ... 150.0 [Vrms] r0073 p1574 [D] (2.0) Field_ctr add_setp -80.00 ... 50.00 [%] p1595 [D] (0.
PAGE 660
[6300.8] U U_angle PWM Gain res_damp p1740 f_Slip r0065 Current model Vibration damping + Pre-control speed p1764 Kp + p1767 Tn – + Sign + or - MotMod n_adapt Tn [rpm] r1771 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.07 r0063 [0] + + Actual speed [rpm] [2526.2] r1770 Adaptation controller MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] [6799.1] [6300.1] [6640.1] Cos phi act r0087 [6799.1] Actual flux [%] r0084 ~ M W [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6310.1], [6799.1] + + V ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 [6310.4] [6797.
PAGE 661
6731 – Interface to the Power Module (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx) [6724.1] Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6799.1] [8022.1] [6714.8] [6714.8] DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 Pulse enable HW Mod_depth [%] r0074 [6799.5] [6799.1] [8022.1] 2 U_set Power Module + U U_angle PWM ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 Gain res_damp p1740 V Actual speed [rpm] r0063[0] [6030.8] Vibration damping p1764 + p1767 f_outp [Hz] r0066 + Pre-control speed MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] r1770 + [6799.
PAGE 662
+20% RESM flux channel [%] r1568 [3] 0 [6060.8] Dynamic boost, load dependent 1 = Flux characteristic load-dependent Flux ctrl config p1401 .3 [D] Flux red factor p1581 [D] RESM flux channel [%] r1568 [0] Setpoint before the filter 1 100 % 0 Flux setpoint [6791.1] 0 Flux red M trans [%] r1566 [D] Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) 1 = Flux boost, low speed Flux ctrl config p1401 .
PAGE 663
Fig. 3-97 Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) Calculation, max. modulation depth 6791 – Id setpoint (RESM, p0300 = 6xx) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Drv filt type mot 0 ... 4 p0230 (0) Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 U_max 1 U_set 1 [6714.8] Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) [6714.8] 0 – Vdc act val [V] r0070 + [6792.
PAGE 664
[6714.8] [6714.8] DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 [6799.1] [8021.1] 2 U_set Mod_depth [%] r0074 [6799.5] + Pulse enable HW U U_angle PWM ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 Gain res_damp p1740 V ~ M W [2526.2] Vibration damping [6822.8] Actual speed [rpm] r0063 [0] Pre-control speed + p1764 p1767 MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] r1770 + f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6799.1] + Power Module Interface 6792 – Interface to the Power Module (RESM, p0300 = 6xx) [6791.1] Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6799.
PAGE 665
Fig. 3-99 DC link voltage (Vdc) + Pulse enable HW I_ctrl Kp p1715 [D] PU HW property r0204 [P] .15 I_ctrl Tn Modulator mode p1717 [D] p1802 [D] Modulat depth max p1803 [D] U PWM V [6714.8] [6730.1] [6730.4] U_angle f_Slip [Hz] Absolute value r0065 Angle f_outp [Hz] r0066 DC_ctrl ZSW r3859 r3859.0 1 = Compound braking active DC quantity control Mod_depth [%] [6730.4] r0074 [6714.2] ~ M W Only active, if: r0204.
PAGE 666
6799 – Display signals [6730.4] Mod_depth [%] r0074 [6714.8] Id_act [Arms] r0076 [6714.8] Iq_act [Arms] r0078 Actual speed [rpm] r0021 Actual speed [rpm] [6730.1] r0063 [0] 100 ms Actual speed [rpm] r0022 100 ms Mod_depth smth [%] r0028 300 ms Id_act smooth [Arms] r0029 300 ms Iq_act smooth [Arms] r0030 Disp_val T_smooth p0045 Actual speed [rpm] r0063[1] f_outp [Hz] [6730.4] r0066 Output frequency [Hz] r0024 100 ms U_output [Vrms] [6730.4] r0072 [7017.8] [6721.8] M [6730.1] Iq [6791.
PAGE 667
3 Function diagrams 3.11 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1) 3.
PAGE 668
Vdc_ctrl config p1280 Slip compensation p1334, p1335 Speed actual value calculation [6853.8] [6854] [2526] RFG setp at inp [rpm] [3001.8] r1119 Uf Res_damp gain p1338 Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1170 [6853.4] [6853] + Ramp-function generator + + + + Mot PolePairNo act r0313 [M] 60 I_max_ctrl f_outp [rpm] r1343 [8016.8] [6856.4] f_outp [Hz] [6855.1] r0066 [6856.1] + Output frequency [Hz] r0024 100 ms I_max reduction Current max [Arms] r0067 I_max PM P_act [kW] [6799.
PAGE 669
Fig. 3-102 Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode 0 ... 20 p1300 [D] (2) Mot f_rated p0310 [M] Dependent on the load current Iq_act [Arms] [6856.1] r0078 0 [6850.3] 2 Parabolic Voltage max r0071 Mot U_rated p0304 [6850.2] f_set Mot f_rated p0310 [M] Current max [Arms] r0067 p0305² - r0331² x I_start (Ua) perm p1310 [D] RFG ZSW r1199 r1199.0 0 0 I_start accel p1311 [D] U_boost total [Vrms] r1315 + 3 0 [2526.
PAGE 670
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 6853 – U/f control, resonance damping and slip compensation (p0096 = 1) Uf Res_damp gain 0.00 ... 100.00 p1338 [D] (0.00) Uf Res_damp T 1.00 ... 1000.00 [ms] p1339 [D] (20.00) – [6850.7] + Iq_act [Arms] r0078 Slip comp scal 0.0 ... 600.0 [%] p1335 [D] (0.0) Slip comp lim val 0.00 ... 600.00 [%] p1336 [D] (250.00) Mot slip_rated [Hz] r0330 [M] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 [6856.1] [6850.
PAGE 671
Fig. 3-104 Vdc_max (U/f control) Vdc_ctr config U/f 0 ... 3 p1280 [D] (1) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1290 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1292 [D] 0 Vdc act val [V] r0070 [6856.1] 1,3 + – 0 0 1 0 0 0,2 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.14 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1282 Vdc_max dyn_factor p1283 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1294 Vdc_ctrl output [rpm] r1298 U_connect p0210 [6850.
PAGE 672
I_ctrl Kp p1715 [D] PU HW property r0204 [P] .15 I_ctrl Tn Modulator mode p1717 [D] p1802 [D] Modulat depth max p1803 [D] U PWM V ~ M W [6850.8] Absolute value U_angle Angle [6856.1] [6850.8] Power Module Interface 6855 – U/f control, DC quantity control (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 1) + Pulse enable HW f_Slip [Hz] r0065 DC quantity control Only active, if: r0204.15 = 0 p1802 = 0, 2 p1803 103% f_outp [Hz] r0066 Mod_depth [%] [6856.4] r0074 DC_ctrl ZSW r3859 r3859.
PAGE 673
DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 Mod_depth [%] r0074 [8021.1] + Pulse enable HW [6855.1] 2 [6850.8] [6850.8] U_set U U_angle PWM ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 V W [2526.2] [6850.8] f_outp [Hz] r0066 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.07 Sign + or - R_stator act r0395 [2526.2] Outp_ph_seq rev p1820 [6799.1] Cos phi act [6799.1] r0087 Actual flux [%] r0084 [6850.1] ~ M I_max PM Motor model I_max Power Module I_phase act val [A] r0069 [0..6] f_Slip [Hz] r0065 [6853.
PAGE 674
3 Function diagrams 3.12 Vector control, Dynamic Drive Control (p0096 = 2) 3.
PAGE 675
Fig. 3-107 Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1170 [3001.8] Mot MomInert Ratio p0342 Mot M_mom of inert p0341 Kp adaptation n_ctrl SL Kp p1470 a_prectrl scal p1496 Tn adaptation n_ctrl SL Tn p1472 n_set_filt 1 T p1416 n_set after filter [rpm] r0062 M_accel [Nm] r1518 [0] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 Kp Tn Symmetrizing – [6822] Speed setpoint, Pre-control balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2) M_set [Nm] r0079 r1508 [6821.1] M_set bef. M_suppl [Nm] [6821.
PAGE 676
K + [6020.8] – U_angle + + I_ctrl Kp I_ctrl Tn p1715 p1717 p1720 <1> p1722 [6832] Current setpoint filter Id_set [Arms] r0075 Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 + Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) P Iq controller M Iq Mod_depth [%] r0074 U_set – – + + – Field weakening controller V_set + Efficiency opt.
PAGE 677
Fig. 3-109 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 [2526.6] r0056.14 Mot MomInert Ratio 1.000 ... 10000.000 p0342 [M] (1.000) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.0) 0 Acceleration calculation n_set before filt. [rpm] r0060 [6799.1] 1 Calculated accelerating torque [6826.1] 0 ZSW n_ctrl r1407 r1407.11 [2522.3] n_ctrl config p1400.20 <1> n_set_filt 1 T 0.00 ... 5000.00 [ms] p1416 [D] (0.00) n_C n_act T_s SL 0.00 ... 32000.00 [ms] p1452 [D] (10.00) a_prectrl scal 0.0 ... 10000.0 [%] p1496 [D] (0.
PAGE 678
n_ctrl SL Kp 0.000 ... 999999.000 p1470 [D] (0.300) y Tn n n_ctrl SL Tn 0.0 ... 100000.0 [ms] p1472 [D] (20.0) x [6824.8] <1> Tn_n_basic n_ctrl n upper <2> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1465 [D] (210000.00) n_ctrl n lower <2> 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p1464 [D] (0.00) [6824.8] Tn_n_basic [6490.6] n_ctrl config 1 = Kp/Tn adaptation active p1400.5 Kp Kp n_ctr Kp n up scal 0.0 ... 200000.0 [%] p1461 [D] (100.0) n_ctrl config p1400.0 [6490.
PAGE 679
Fig. 3-111 6826 – Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 M_accel T_smooth 0.00 ... 100.00 [ms] p1517 [D] (4.00) <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[0] [6822.8] <1> <2> M_accel [Nm] r1518[1] <3> Calculated accelerating torque M_max upper eff [Nm] [6828.8] r1538 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.13 M_max up w/o offs p1552 [C] (1) [2526.2] M_max up w/o offs [Nm] [6828.5] r1526 M_max outp n_ctrl [Nm] r1547 [0] 1 [2522.
PAGE 680
6827 – Vdc_max controller and Vdc_min controller (p0096 = 2) Vdc_ctrl Kp p1250 [D] Vdc_ctrl t_rate p1252 [D] Vdc ctr config vec p1240 [D] Vdc act val [V] r0070 0 1 = Vdc_max controller active 1,3 + – 0 0 1 r0056 r0056.14 0 0,2 [2526.2] Calculate on_level Vdc_max on_level [V] r1242 Vdc_max dyn_factor p1243 [D] Vdc_max SenseOnLev p1254 1 Vdc_ctrl output [Arms] r1258 Vdc controller active [6832.1] Iq_max U_connect 1 ... 63000 [V] p0210 (400) Operating point selection 0 [6832.
PAGE 681
Fig. 3-113 Speed limiting Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [M] Kp from speed controller [6824.5] 6828 – Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Current limiting [6835.3] [6838.3] [6839.4] Tn from speed controller [6824.6] Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 Current limit p0640 [D] Iq stall calculation n_limit pos eff [rpm] [3050.8] r1084 Current max [Arms] r0067 [6837.1], [6839.1] [8016.8] I_max reduction Min [6841.4] I_max PM [6842.
PAGE 682
6832 – Current setpoint filter (p0096 = 2) [6827.8] Iq_max 1 1 Isq_max [Arms] r1536 [6828.8] 0 0 ZSW cl-loop ctrl [2526.7] r0056 1 = Vdc_min controller active [6827.8] r0056.15 0 Iq_min 1 [6827.8] [6828.8] Isq_min [Arms] r1537 1 0 M_set [Nm] [6826.8] r0079 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Iq_set [Arms] [6833.1] r0077 [6834.5] [6835.6] [6836.1] [6842.3] Interpolator and smoothing for voltage limits M [6835.8] Iq [6836.8] [6841.
PAGE 683
Fig. 3-115 6833 – Iq and Id controllers (p0096 = 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Mot L_leak total [mH] r0377 [M] <1> [6835.8] Flux setp total [%] <2> [6838.5] r1598 <3> [6839.8] [6835.8] U_set 1 Pre-control, de-coupling and limiting Flux setpoint <3> quadrature axis U_max 1 [6838.3] <1> [6839.3] <2> [6835.2] <3> Isq_ctr_prectrScal 0.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1703 [D] (60.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.9 [2526.2] ZSW I_ctrl r1408 r1408.1 Direct U set [Vrms] r1732[0.
PAGE 684
6834 – Flux setpoint (RESM, p0300 = 6xx, p0096 = 2) RESM flux channel [%] r1568 [3] 0 [6826.8] Dynamic boost, load dependent 1 = Flux characteristic load-dependent Flux ctrl config p1401 .3 [D] Flux red factor p1581 [D] RESM flux channel [%] r1568 [0] Setpoint before the filter 1 100 % 0 Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) Flux red M trans [%] r1566 [D] Flux setpoint [6835.1] 0 1 = Flux boost, low speed Flux ctrl config p1401 .
PAGE 685
Fig. 3-117 Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) Calculation, max. modulation depth Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 U_max 1 Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) U_set 1 [6833.8] [6833.8] 0 – Vdc act val [V] r0070 + [6843.1] Field_ctrl outp [%] r1597 + – 2 U_reserve dyn U_tgt val lim 0.0 ... 150.0 [Vrms] 50.00 ... 300.00 [%] p1574 [D] (2.0) p1575 [D] (200.
PAGE 686
6836 – Id setpoint (PMSM, p0300 = 2xx, p0096 = 2) Mot phi_load opt 0.0 ... 135.0 [°] p0327 [M] (90.0) [6832.8] r1751.0 Iq_set [Arms] r0077 0 MIN Id_inject Id_setp total [Arms] r1624 [6828.1], [6833.1] 1 Load angle correction Id_set Iabs 2 Iq_set 2 (r1407.2) 0 = M-Ctrl Mot kT_reluctance -1000.00 ... 1000.00 [mH] p0328 [M] (0.00) 1 = n-Ctrl kt Rel Mot L_leak total M_set static -200.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1610 [D] (50.0) Mot L_stator d 1 r0378 Id 0.9 · r0067 [6842.3] M_suppl_accel 0.0 ...
PAGE 687
Fig. 3-119 [6838.3] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.4 [2526.2] 1 = Magnetization completed p1401.1 1 = flux setpoint differentiation active Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 p1401.2 1 = Flux build-up control active Flex setp 50.0 ... 200.0 [%] p1570 [D] (100.0) ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.8 [2526.2] 1 = Field weakening active y Actual speed [rpm] [6841.1] r0063 [0] Quick magnetizing active p1401.6 1 = Quick magnetizing active [6838.7] Magnetization control f Field weakening characteristic [6730.
PAGE 688
SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 6838 – Field weakening controller, flux controller, Id setpoint (ASM, p0300 = 1, p0096 = 2) Pulse freq setp Modulator mode 0 ... 10 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1802 [D] (10) p1800 [D] (4.000) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth Voltage max [Vrms] r0071 [6828.1], [6837.1] Modulat_depth max [%] r0073 Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) U_reserve dyn 0.0 ... 150.
PAGE 689
Fig. 3-121 Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.000) Modulator mode 0 ... 10 p1802 [D] (10) <1> Modulat depth max 20.0 ... 120.0 [%] p1803 [D] (115.0) <1> Calculation, max. modulation depth U_reserve dyn Modulat_depth max [%] 0.0 ... 150.0 [Vrms] r0073 p1574 [D] (2.0) Field_ctr add_setp -80.00 ... 50.00 [%] p1595 [D] (0.00) <1> Mot I_mag_rtd act [Arms] r0331 [M] Field_ctrl Tn 10 ... 10000 [ms] p1596 [D] (300) 0 + – Vdc act val [V] r0070 + [6842.1] 2 U_max 1 + [6833.
PAGE 690
DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 [6833.8] [6799.5] [6844.1] U U_angle PWM Gain res_damp p1740 Current model f_Slip [Hz] r0065 [6844.1] p1764 Kp p1767 Tn + – + [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6799.1], [6844.1] + + r0063 [0] ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.07 Actual speed [rpm] + [2526.2] r1770 Adaptation controller MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] [6799.1] ~ M W Sign + or - MotMod n_adapt Tn [rpm] r1771 + V ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 Vibration damping + Pre-control speed [6822.
PAGE 691
[6833.8] [6833.8] DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 [6799.1] [8021.1] 2 U_set Pulse enable HW + U U_angle Actual speed [rpm] r0063 [0] [6822.8] Mod_depth [%] r0074 [6799.5] Gain res_damp p1740 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 Vibration damping [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 + Pre-control speed p1764 + p1767 MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] r1770 PWM V W [6799.1] + – Sign + or ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.7 MotMod kT corr [Nm/A] r1797 [D] [6836.6] MotMod n_adapt Tn [rpm] r1771 [2526.
PAGE 692
[6833.8] [6833.8] DC link voltage (Vdc) U_output [Vrms] r0072 [6799.1] [8021.1] 2 U_set + U U_angle Actual speed [rpm] r0063 [0] [6822.8] Pulse enable HW Mod_depth [%] r0074 [6799.5] Gain res_damp p1740 ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.11 Vibration damping [2526.2] f_outp [Hz] r0066 + Pre-control speed + p1764 p1767 MotMod n_adapt Kp [rpm] r1770 + PWM V [6799.1] + – Sign + or ZSW cl-loop ctrl r0056 r0056.7 + r1771 MotMod n_adapt Tn [rpm] [2526.2] [6828.
PAGE 693
Fig. 3-125 DC link voltage (Vdc) Pulse enable HW I_ctrl Kp p1715 [D] PU HW property r0204 [P] .15 I_ctrl Tn Modulator mode p1717 [D] p1802 [D] + Modulat depth max p1803 [D] U PWM V ~ M W [6833.8] Absolute value U_angle [6841.1] Power Module Interface Angle f_Slip [Hz] r0065 [6841.4] f_outp [Hz] r0066 [6841.4] Mod_depth [%] r0074 DC_ctrl ZSW r3859 r3859.0 1 = Compound braking active DC quantity control Only active, if: r0204.15 = 0 p1802 = 0, 2 p1803 103% I_phase act val [A] r0069[0..
PAGE 694
3 Function diagrams 3.13 Technology functions 3.
PAGE 695
Fig. 3-126 7017 – DC braking (ASM, p0300 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 <1> <2> Mot t_de-excitat DCBRK I_brake DCBRK time 0.000 ... 20.000 [s] 0.00 ... 10000.00 [Arms] 0.0 ... 3600.0 [s] p0347 [M] (0.000) p1232 [M] (0.00) p1233 [M] (1.0) DCBRK config 0 ... 14 p1231 [M] (0) DCBRK Akt p1230 [C] (0) <3> n_act n_set Pulse suppression p1234 t |I_set| The parameters of the I_max current controller are also used.
PAGE 696
7030 – Free technology controller 0, 1, 2 Ftec0 setp t_r-up 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11057 (1.00) Ftec0 Tn 0.000 ... 10000.000 [s] p11085 (30.000) Ftec0 sys_dev inv 0 ... 1 p11063 (0) Ftec0 setp aft RFG [%] r11060 Ftec0 setp s_s p11053 (0) Ftec0 sys dev [%] r11073 0 + + 1 1 + <2> Ftec0 Kp 0.000 ... 1000.000 p11080 (1.000) <2> Ftec0 out_sig [%] r11094 + Ftec0 stat_word r11049 r11049 .10 Ftec0 setp t_r-dn 0.00 ... 650.00 [s] p11058 (1.00) Ftec0 act v up lim Ftec0 act v T 0.00 ... 60.00 [s] -200.
PAGE 697
Fig. 3-128 7032 – Multi-zone control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Zone_ctrl intercon 0 ... 1 p31020 (0) CU AI value in % [%] r0755[0] Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [0] (0) Zone_ctrl setp inp p31023 [1] (0) 0 0 + – 0 + 1 0 >0 To technology controller p2253 [7958.1] 1,2 Zon_ctrl act outp [%] r31027 0 To technology controller p2264 [7958.1] – Setpoint/actual value pair change over 0 1 0 Zone_ctrl act proc 0 ...
PAGE 698
1 = Direction of rotation inverted r3889.1 1 = Extended service mode (ESM) activated r3889.0 7033 – Essential service mode (ESM) ESM setp_src 0 ... 7 p3881 (0) [3040.5] [7958.3] 0 0 Total setpoint eff [rpm] r1078 1 = Setpoint signal lost 10 s 0 [3030.6] 1 Last known setpoint [3010.5] -1 r3889.2 n_set_fixed 15 p1015 [D] (0.000) F03505 caused by wire breakage in AI 0 ESM setp_src alt 0 ... 2 p3882 (0) n_ref f_ref x1 p2000 [2252.
PAGE 699
Bypass config p1260 Bypass configuration <1> SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 7035 – Bypass Chngov_src config p1267.0 Bypass command <2> p1266 1 (0) 0 n_set Switch t_monit p1274 [0] Debypass t_del p1263 Bypass STW / ZSW r1261 r1261 + Bypass t_del p1264 + + Bypass t_dead p1262 [D] <3> T1 T2 DO 0 K2 1 DI 4 T1 T2 DO 2 K1 K2 + Debypass t_del p1263 1 0 <2> Chngov_src config p1267.
PAGE 700
Configuration Csc_ctrl ZSW r2379 r2379 Csc_ctrl enab 0 ... 1 p2370 [D] (0) SINAMICS G120 Relay outputs CU230P-2 (digital outputs) .. . Motor Starters To technology controller input of inverter Pressure Sensor CscCtr t_hld n_out 0.000 ... 999.000 [s] p2387 (0.
PAGE 701
Fig. 3-132 7038 – Hibernation SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Hib mode op_type 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) Setting p2200 = 1, p2251 = 0, p2398 = 1, p2394 > 0 (Hibernation with boost using the technology setpoint as the main setpoint) Setting p2200 = 0, p2251 = 0,1, p2398 = 1, p2394 = 0 (Hibernation without boost using an external setpoint) Hib mode op_type 0 ... 1 p2398 (0) % Technology setpoint Hib start w/ tec 0.000 ... 200.000 [%] p2392 (0.
PAGE 702
3 Function diagrams 3.14 Free function blocks 3.14 Free function blocks Function diagrams 7200 – Sampling times of the runtime groups 703 7210 – AND 0 ... 3 704 7212 – OR 0 ... 3 705 7214 – XOR 0 ... 3 706 7216 – NOT 0 ... 5 707 7220 – ADD 0 ... 2, SUB 0 ... 1 708 7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1 709 7224 – AVA 0 ... 1 710 7225 – NCM 0 ... 1 711 7226 – PLI 0 ... 1 712 7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1 713 7232 – PDE 0 ... 3 714 7233 – PDF 0 ... 3 715 7234 – PST 0 ...
PAGE 703
Fig.
PAGE 704
AND 0 inputs p20030 [0] [1] [2] [3] SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 AND 1 inputs p20034 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 AND 2 AND 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20032 (9999) AND 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20040 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 AND 2 inputs p20038 [0] [1] [2] [3] AND 0 output Q r20031 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 Q AND 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20033 (10) AND 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20041 (30) AND 1 AND 3 AND 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20036 (9999) AND 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 705
Fig. 3-135 7212 – OR 0 ... 3 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 OR (OR function blocks) OR 0 inputs p20046 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 1 inputs p20050 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 OR 2 OR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20048 (9999) OR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20056 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 2 inputs p20054 [0] [1] [2] [3] OR 0 output Q r20047 I0 I1 I2 I3 Q OR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20049 (60) OR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20057 (80) OR 1 OR 3 OR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20052 (9999) OR 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 706
XOR 0 inputs p20062 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 1 inputs p20066 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 XOR 2 XOR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20064 (9999) XOR 2 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20072 (9999) I0 I1 I2 I3 XOR 2 inputs p20070 [0] [1] [2] [3] XOR 0 output Q r20063 Q I0 I1 I2 I3 Q XOR 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20065 (110) XOR 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20073 (130) XOR 1 XOR 3 XOR 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20068 (9999) XOR 3 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 707
Fig. 3-137 7216 – NOT 0 ... 5 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 NOT (inverter) NOT 0 input I p20078 (0) NOT 1 input I p20082 (0) NOT 3 NOT 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20080 (9999) NOT 3 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20092 (9999) I 1 Q NOT 3 input I p20090 (0) NOT 0 inv output r20079 I 1 Q NOT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20081 (160) NOT 3 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20093 (190) NOT 1 NOT 4 NOT 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20084 (9999) NOT 4 RTG 1 ...
PAGE 708
SUB (subtracter) ADD 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20096 (9999) ADD 0 ADD 0 inputs p20094 [0] [1] [2] [3] SUB 0 X0 X1 X2 X3 + Y SUB 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20104 (9999) ADD 0 output Y r20095 SUB 0 inputs p20102 [0] [1] ADD 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20097 (210) ADD 1 ADD 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20100 (9999) ADD 1 inputs p20098 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 + Y X1 X2 SUB 0 difference Y r20103 ADD 1 output Y r20099 SUB 1 SUB 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20108 (9999) ADD 2 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 709
Fig. 3-139 7222 – MUL 0 ... 1, DIV 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 MUL (multiplier) DIV (divider) MUL 0 DIV 0 MUL 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20112 (9999) MUL 0 inputs p20110 [0] [1] [2] [3] X0 X1 X2 X3 x Y DIV 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 710
AVA 0 AVA 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20131 (9999) AVA 0 input X p20128 (0) AVA 0 output Y r20129 Y X SN AVA 0 input neg SN r20130 AVA 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20132 (340) AVA 1 AVA 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20136 (9999) AVA 1 input X p20133 (0) AVA 1 output Y r20134 Y X SN AVA 1 input neg SN r20135 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 AVA 1 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20137 (350) 1 2 3 Free function blocks - Arithmetic function blocks AVA 0 … 1 4 5 6 fp_7224_97_61.vsd 13.03.2018 V4.
PAGE 711
Fig. 3-141 7225 – NCM 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 NCM (numeric comparator) NCM 0 NCM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20316 (9999) NCM 0 inputs p20312 [0] [1] X1 X2 > = < QU QE QL X1 > X2 X1 = X2 X1 < X2 r20313 NCM 0 output QU r20314 NCM 0 output QE r20315 NCM 0 output QL NCM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20317 (820) NCM 1 NCM 0 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 712
<1> PLI 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20376 (9999) Breakpoint 0 (A0/B0 = p20374[0]/p20375[0]) ... Breakpoint 19 (A19/B19 = p20374[19]/p20375[19]) PLI 0 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20374 (0.0000) PLI 0 PLI 0 input X p20372 (0) A18/B18 Y A19/B19 X Xn X A0/B0 PLI 0 Y-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20375 (0.0000) A1/B1 Y PLI 0 output Y r20373 Yn PLI 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20377 (980) PLI 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20382 (9999) PLI 1 X-coordinate -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20380 (0.
PAGE 713
Fig. 3-143 PCL (pulse contractor) MFP 0 7230 – MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 MFP (pulse generator) MFP 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20141 (9999) MFP 2 MFP 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20139 (0.00) MFP 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20357 (9999) MFP 2 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20355 (0.00) T I Q MFP 2 inp_pulse I p20354 (0) MFP 0 output Q r20140 T I Q T PCL 0 inp_pulse I p20148 (0) MFP 2 output Q r20356 T I Q MFP 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 714
PDE 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20161 (9999) PDE 2 PDE 0 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20159 (0.00) PDE 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20337 (9999) PDE 2 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20335 (0.00) T PDE 0 inp_pulse I p20158 (0) T I 0 T PDE 2 inp_pulse I p20334 (0) PDE 0 output Q r20160 Q T I 0 PDE 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20162 (430) PDE 2 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20338 (890) PDE 1 PDE 3 PDE 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20166 (9999) PDE 1 t_del ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20164 (0.00) PDE 3 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 715
Fig. 3-145 PDF 0 7233 – PDF 0 ... 3 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 PDF (OFF delay) PDF 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20171 (9999) PDF 2 PDF 0 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20169 (0.00) PDF 2 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20347 (9999) PDF 2 t_ext ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20345 (0.00) T PDF 0 inp_pulse I p20168 (0) 0 I T T PDF 2 inp_pulse I p20344 (0) PDF 0 output Q r20170 Q 0 I T PDF 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20172 (460) PDF 2 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 716
PST 0 7234 – PST 0 ... 1 PST 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20181 (9999) PST 0 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20179 (0.00) T PST 0 inputs p20178 Input pulse [0] Reset input [1] T I R PST 0 output Q r20180 Q PST 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20182 (490) PST 1 PST 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20186 (9999) PST 1 pulse_dur ms 0.00 ... 5400000.00 p20184 (0.
PAGE 717
Fig. 3-147 7240 – RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 RSR (RS flip-flop) RSR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20191 (9999) RSR 0 RSR 0 inputs p20188 Set [0] Reset [1] DFR (D flip-flop) Q S R DFR 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20201 (9999) DFR 0 QN DFR 0 inputs p20198 [0] [1] [2] [3] RSR 0 output Q r20189 RSR 0 inv outp QN r20190 Trigger input D input Set Reset I D S R RSR 0 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 718
BSW 0 NSW 0 7250 – BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1 BSW 0 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20211 (9999) BSW 0 inputs p20208 [0] [1] BSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20212 (580) I0 0 Q I1 NSW 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20221 (9999) NSW 0 inputs p20218 [0] [1] BSW 0 output Q r20210 1 I BSW 0 sw_setting p20209 (0) X0 0 Y X1 BSW 1 inputs p20213 [0] [1] BSW 1 sw_setting p20214 (0) NSW 0 output Y r20220 1 I NSW 0 sw_setting p20219 (0) BSW 1 BSW 1 RTG 1 ... 9999 p20216 (9999) NSW 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20222 (610) NSW 1 BSW 1 RunSeq 0 .
PAGE 719
Fig. 3-149 7260 – LIM 0 ... 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 LIM (limiter) LIM 0 LIM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20234 (9999) LIM 0 input X p20228 (0) LIM 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20229 (0.0000) LU LIM 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20230 (0.0000) LL LIM 0 QU r20232 QU X Y QL LIM 0 QL r20233 QU LIM 1 QU r20240 LIM 0 output Y r20231 LIM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20235 (640) LIM 1 LIM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 720
7262 – PT1 0 ... 1 PT1 0 PT1 1 PT1 0 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20246 (0.00) PT1 1 T_smooth ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20252 (0.00) PT1 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20248 (9999) PT1 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20249 (670) PT1 1 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20254 (9999) T PT1 0 inputs p20244 Input [0] Set value [1] PT1 0 acc set val p20245 (0) PT1 1 RunSeq 0 ...
PAGE 721
Fig. 3-151 7264 – INT 0, DIF 0 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 INT (integrator) INT 0 INT 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20264 (9999) INT 0 RunSeq 0 ... 32000 p20265 (700) INT 0 T_Integr ms 0.00 ... 340.28235E36 p20259 (0.00) TI INT 0 inputs p20256 Input [0] Set value [1] X SV INT 0 acc set val p20260 (0) INT 0 upper lim LU -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20257 (0.0000) LU INT 0 lower lim LL -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20258 (0.
PAGE 722
LVM 0 LVM 1 LVM 0 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20267 (0.0000) LVM 0 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20268 (0.0000) LVM 1 avg value M -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20276 (0.0000) LVM 0 hyst HY -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20269 (0.0000) LVM 0 RTG 5 ... 9999 p20273 (9999) LVM 1 limit L -340.28235E36 ... 340.28235E36 p20277 (0.0000) LVM 0 RunSeq 0 ... 7999 p20274 (720) L M LVM 1 RTG 5 ...
PAGE 723
3 Function diagrams 3.15 Technology controller 3.
PAGE 724
23 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 1 [7951] 2 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 0000 Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%] p2202 [D] (20.00) 0010 Tec_ctr fix val 3 [%] p2203 [D] (30.00) 0011 Tec_ctr fix val 4 [%] p2204 [D] (40.00) 0100 Tec_ctr fix val 5 [%] p2205 [D] (50.00) 0101 Tec_ctr fix val 6 [%] p2206 [D] (60.
PAGE 725
Fig. 3-154 7951 – Fixed values, director selection (p2216 = 1) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Tec_ctr FixVal sel 1 ... 2 p2216 [D] (1) 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 0 p2220 [C] (0) 2 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 1 p2221 [C] (0) 2 Tec_ctr FixVal ZSW r2225 r2225.0 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 2 p2222 [C] (0) 2 [7950] 1 Tec_ctrl sel bit 3 p2223 [C] (0) 2 [7950] Tec_ctrl fix val1 [%] p2201 [D] (10.00) 0001 Tec_ctr fix val 2 [%] p2202 [D] (20.
PAGE 726
Data save active 0 1 The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is not saved and after ON is entered using p2240. The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved after OFF and after ON is entered using r2231. Initial rounding-off active 0 1 0 1 0 1 Without initial rounding. With initial rounding. The ramp-up/down time set is exceeded accordingly. Non-volatile data save not activated The setpoint for the motorized potentiometer is saved in a non-volatile fashion (for p2230.
PAGE 727
Fig. 3-156 7958 – Closed-loop control SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Tec_ctrl config p2252 p2252.7 p2252 . . . [7959.8] Kp-Adapt Tec_ctr set aftRFG [%] r2260 Tec_ctrl set1 scal p2255 Tec_ctr set aftFlt [%] r2262 Tec_ctrl setp 1 p2253 [C] (0) r0056 r0056.13 Tec_ctrl t_ramp-up p2257 (1.00) [7032.8] Tec_ctrl set2 scal p2256 Tec_ctrl setp 2 + p2254 [C] (0) Tec_ctrl set T p2261 (0.
PAGE 728
7959 – Kp/Tn adaptation Kp adapt outp r2316 Kp adapt upper val p2312 (10.000) Kp adapt inp s_src p2310 (0) Kp-Adapt [7958.5] Kp adapt lower val p2311 (1.000) Kp adapt lower pt Kp adapt upper pt p2313 (0.00) p2314 (100.00) Tn adapt output [s] r2322 Tn adapt upper val p2319 (10.000) Tn adapt inp s_src p2317 (0) Tn-Adapt [7958.7] Tn adapt lower val p2318 (3.000) Tn adapt lower pt Tn adapt upper pt p2320 (0.00) p2321 (100.
PAGE 729
3 Function diagrams 3.16 Signals and monitoring functions 3.
PAGE 730
n_act smth message [rpm] r2169 [6730.1] n_max Speed setpoint sum [rpm] r1170 [3001.8] n_ctrl n_set [rpm] r1438 [6031] [8011] Speed messages 2 [8010] Speed messages 1 Actual torque [Nm] r0080[0] [6714] [8013] Load monitoring SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Motor locked Motor stalled [8012] Motor locked/stalled 1 2 Signals and monitoring functions Overview 3 4 5 6 fp_8005_97_01.vsd 13.03.2018 V4.
PAGE 731
Fig. 3-159 8010 – Speed signals 1 SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 From setpoint limiting n_limit pos eff [rpm] r1084 [3050.8] r1087 F07901 "motor overspeed" n_limit neg eff [rpm] Actual speed [rpm] [6799.4] r0063 [1] 0 ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.6 [2534.3] n n |n_act| > n_max n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2161 [D] (5.00) n_act_filt T 0 ... 1000000 [ms] p2153 [D] (0) Hyst n_act>n_max 0.00 ... 60000.00 [rpm] p2162 [D] (0.
PAGE 732
ZSW monitor 1 r2197 r2197.3 [2534.3] n_act 0 1 0 <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] p2150 [D] (2.00) 0 n_set for msg p2151 [C] (1170[0]) 1 [3080.8] 0 ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.5 [2536.3] n_set > 0 n_thresh val 3 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2161 [D] (5.00) <1> n_hysteresis 3 0.00 ... 300.00 [rpm] p2150 [D] (2.00) ZSW monitor 2 r2198 r2198.4 [2536.3] |n_set| < p2161 1 0 n_thresh val 4 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2163 [D] (90.00) <1> + t_del_off n_i=n_so 0.0 ... 10000.0 [ms] p2166 [D] (200.
PAGE 733
r1407 [2522.7] r1407.7 Op/cl-lp ctrl_mode p1300 1 Mot lock n_thresh 0.00 ... 210000.00 [rpm] p2175 [D] (120.00) n_act smth message [rpm] [8010.2] r2169 Load monit n_act p3230 [C] <1> (0) [2526.6] r0056 r0056.12 r0056 [2526.6] r0056.13 20 1 = Torque limit reached 0 r2169 < p2175 8012 – Motor blocked/stalled Mot stall enab neg p2144 [C] (0) MIN Fig.
PAGE 734
1 8013 – Load monitoring (Part 1) Actual torque [Nm] r0080[0] [6799.8] 0 Load monit config p2193 [D] M_thresh no load p2191 [D] (0.00) Stall_mon M_thresh p2168 [D] (10000000.00) 0 0 Load monit t_del p2192 [D] r2198 r2198.11 1 Stall_mon up thr p2165 [D] (0.00) 2 M_thresh 3 upper p2189 [D] (10000000.00) 0 0 T 3 [2536.3] 1 = Load in the alarm range r2198 r2198.12 5 [2536.3] 1 = Load in the fault range M_thresh 2 upper p2187 [D] (10000000.
PAGE 735
Fig. 3-163 Pump/fan monitoring (p2193 = 4/5) M [Nm] M [Nm] 8014 – Load monitoring (Part 2) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Monitoring torque and load drop (p2193 = 1) Blocked M_thresh 3 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2189 [D] (10000000.00) M_thresh 3 lower 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2190 [D] (0.00) Stall_mon M_thresh 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2168 [D] (10000000.00) Tolerance bandwidth M_thresh 2 upper 0.00 ... 20000000.00 [Nm] p2187 [D] (10000000.
PAGE 736
[2201.1] via motor temperature model 2 Motor temperature sensor via CU terminal KL. 14/15 (T1/T2) 0 = No sensor Mot temp [°C] [8017.1] r0035 Thermal monitoring motor 1 = PTC alarm and time 2 = KTY84 4 = Bimetallic NC contact alarm with time step 6 = PT1000 Mod1/2/sens T_thr p0605 Mot temp response p0610 1 p0610 = 1 Fault response & 0 F07011 [8016.7] A07910 [8016.7] A07012 [8017.7] A07910 [8016.7] <1> A07910 [8016.
PAGE 737
Fig. 3-165 8017 – Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 expansions p0612.8 I2t F thresh p0615 0 F thresh p5391 1 1 = Activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t) p0612.0 (0) Mot temp response p0610 <5> I_act abs val [Arms] r0068 [0] not smoothed Mot temp [°C] [8016.4] r0035 <1> Standst boost_fact p5350 Mot I_rated p0305 <6> Motor temperature model 1 (I2t) 1 model [8016.
PAGE 738
8018 – Motor temperature model 2 Rated motor temperature rise 1 = Activate motor temperature model 2 expansions p0612.9 (1) Mot T_ambient p0625 Mot T_over core p0626 Calculated motor temperatures Mod T_ambient [°C] r0630 [M] Motor temperature model 2 (Thermal 3-mass-model) Mod T_stator [°C] r0631 [M] [8016.
PAGE 739
Control Unit Thermal monitoring for the power module Maximum power module temperature 1 T_max heatsink ZSW fault/alarm 2 r2135 r2135.13 [2548.2] 8021 – Thermal monitoring, power unit 1 = Fault power unit thermal overload Temperature measurement 1 Max Faults "Power unit overtemperature" F30004 "Overtemperature heat sink AC inverter" F30024 "Overtemperature thermal model" F30025 "Chip overtemperature" F30035 "Air intake overtemperature" 0 Pulse freq setp 0.500 ... 16.000 [kHz] p1800 [D] (4.
PAGE 740
1 r2197 r2197.0 0 8022 – Monitoring functions 0 RFG setp at inp [rpm] [3050.8] r1119 + – n_hysteresis 3 p2150 1 0 n_standst n_thresh p1226 n_hysteresis 3 p2150 [2534.2] 1 = |n_act| n_min p1080 r2197 r2197.4 r0053 r0053.6 Pulse suppr t_del p1228 [2534.2] 1 = |n_act| n_set [2511.6] -1 1 Vdc act val [V] r0070 T 0 r2197 r2197.5 0 Vdc thresh val p2172 1 t_del Vdc p2173 1 T T 1 I_thres p2170 I_act abs val [Arms] <1> [6714.8] r0068 [0] <3> [6833.8] <2> [6856.1] r2197 r2197.
PAGE 741
3 Function diagrams 3.17 Diagnostics 3.
PAGE 742
Fyyyyy r0945 r0949 r0948 r2109 Code Value coming going Ayyyyy r2122 r2124 r2123 r2125 Azzzzz alarms Code Value coming going Fzzzzz faults III t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) III Fault cases qty 0 ... 65535 p0952 (0) [8060] Fault buffer Axxxxx III Alarm counter 0 ...
PAGE 743
Fig. 3-170 1 ms 8060 – Fault buffer SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 LED "RDY" [= red for fault] t_System relative 0 ... 4294967295 [ms] p0969 (0) 32 bit counter, free running Act fault code r2131 0 = "No fault present" <2> Fault code Fault value Act fault val r3131 Fault time "received" Comp_no act r3132 Fault time "removed" Component fault Diagnostic attribute fault Fault times III [8065.
PAGE 744
<1> 0 = "No alarm present" Alarm code [8060.1] Operating time Alarm value Alarm time "received" Alarm time "removed" Component alarm Diagnostic attribute alarm Alarm times 1 = External alarm 1 (A07850) effective p2112 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.10 1 = External alarm 2 (A07851) effective p2116 r2138 [2546.7] r2138.
PAGE 745
Fig. 3-172 8070 – Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 F/A trigger sel 0 ... 65535 p2128 (0) [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [15] F/A trigger word r2129 r2129 r2129.0 0. Message/signal present 1. Message/signal present Fault/alarm trigger word (e.g. as trigger condition to record traces) r2129.1 15. Message/signal present r2129.15 15. Fault/alarm code Setting fault/alarm trigger 4 5 6 fp_8070_97_61.vsd 13.
PAGE 746
Chng resp resp 0 ... 6 p2101 (0) Chng type msg_no 0 ... 65535 p2118 (0) Change type type 1 ... 3 p2119 (1) [0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault response 0 = NONE [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [0] Fault/alarm type 1 = Fault [1] 1. Fault code [1] Fault response 1 = OFF1 [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [1] Fault/alarm type 2 = Alarm 2 = OFF2 3 = No message 3 = OFF3 5 = STOP2 6 = IASC/DCBRK [19] 19. Fault code [19] Fault response 19.
PAGE 747
3 Function diagrams 3.18 Data sets 3.
PAGE 748
BI: p0810 = "0" CDS0 selected r0836.0 = 0 BI: p0810 = "1" CDS1 selected r0836.0 = 1 t t CDS0 effective r0050.0 = 0 Source CDS p0809[0] (0) CDS1 effective r0050.0 = 1 Target CDS p0809[1] (1) Start copy process p0809[2] (0) CDS selected r0836 [2513.2] r0836.0 r0836.1 t CDS select., bit 0 p0810 (722.3) CDS count 2 ... 4 p0170 (2) CDS select., bit 1 p0811 (0) CDS3 CDS2 CDS effective r0050 r0050.0 r0050.
PAGE 749
Fig. 3-175 8565 – Drive Data Sets (DDS) SINAMICS G120 CU230P-2 Control Units List Manual, 04/2018, A5E33838102 Copy DDS, source p0819[0] (0) Copy DDS, target p0819[1] (1) Copy DDS, start p0819[2] (0) DDS selected r0837 r0837.0 r0837.1 [2513.2] DDS count 1 ... 4 p0180 (1) DDS select., bit 0 p0820 [C] (0) DDS select., bit 1 p0821 [C] (0) DDS3 A07530 "Drive data set does not exist" DDS2 DDS1 <1> DDS effective r0051 r0051.0 r0051.1 DDS0 <2> 2 3 4 5 6 fp_8565_97_54.vsd 13.03.2018 V4.
PAGE 750
3 Function diagrams 3.
PAGE 751
Faults and alarms 4 Content 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 752 4.
PAGE 752
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.1 General Fault and alarm displays (messages) In the case of a fault, the drive signals the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s). For example, the following methods for displaying faults and alarms are available: • Display via the fault and alarm buffer with PROFIBUS/PROFINET • Display online via the commissioning software • Display and operating unit (e.g.
PAGE 753
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Fault reactions The following fault reactions are defined: Table 4-2 Fault reactions List NONE PROFIdrive - Reaction None Description No response when a fault occurs. Note With "Basic positioner" (r0108.4 = 1), the following applies: When a fault occurs with fault reaction "NONE", an active traversing task is interrupted and the system switches to tracking mode until the fault has been rectified and acknowledged.
PAGE 754
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Acknowledging faults The list of faults and alarms specifies how to acknowledge each fault after the cause has been eliminated. Table 4-3 Acknowledging faults Acknowledgment POWER ON Description The fault is acknowledged via a POWER ON (switch Control Unit off and on again). Note If this action has not removed the fault cause, the fault is displayed again immediately after power up.
PAGE 755
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms The data in the following example have been chosen at random. The information listed below is the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information is optional.
PAGE 756
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Fault location (optional): Name The fault location (optional), the name of the fault or alarm and the message number are all used to identify the message (e.g. with the commissioning software). Message value: The information provided under the message value informs you about the composition of the fault/alarm value.
PAGE 757
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms For the interfaces DP, ET 200, NAMUR, in some instances, the message classes are combined. Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. Hardware/software errors (1) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.
PAGE 758
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. Actual position/speed value incorrect or not available (11) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.
PAGE 759
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Table 4-4 Message classes and coding of various diagnostic interfaces, continued Text of the message class (number according to PROFIdrive) Cause and remedy. General drive fault (19) Diagnostics interface PN (hex) DS1 (dec) DP (dec) ET 200 (dec) NAMUR (r3113.x) 9012 18 9 9 15 9013 19 29 26 15 Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool.
PAGE 760
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms Remedy: Describes the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active fault or alarm. WARNING On a case for case basis, service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for eliminating the cause of faults.
PAGE 761
4 Faults and alarms 4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 4.1.3 Number ranges of faults and alarms Note The following number ranges represent an overview of all faults and alarms used in the SINAMICS drive family. The faults and alarms for the product described in this List Manual are described in detail in "List of faults and alarms (Page 763)".
PAGE 762
4 Faults and alarms 4.
PAGE 763
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Product: SINAMICS G120, Version: 4711200, Language: eng Objects: CU230P-2_BT, CU230P-2_CAN, CU230P-2_DP, CU230P-2_HVAC, CU230P-2_PN F01000 Internal software error Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
PAGE 764
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01003 Acknowledgment delay when accessing the memory Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A memory area was accessed that does not return a "READY". Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. - contact Technical Support.
PAGE 765
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01009 (N) CU: Control module overtemperature Message class: Overtemperature of the electronic components (6) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature (r0037[0]) of the control module (Control Unit) has exceeded the specified limit value. Remedy: - check the air intake for the Control Unit. - check the Control Unit fan. Note: The alarm is automatically withdrawn once the limit value has been fallen below.
PAGE 766
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01017 Component lists changed Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: On the memory card, one file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA or /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA has been illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name x = 1: File does not exist.
PAGE 767
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01020 Writing to RAM disk unsuccessful Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: A write access to the internal RAM disk was unsuccessful. Remedy: Adapt the file size for the system logbook to the internal RAM disk (p9930).
PAGE 768
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Notice: The monitoring time should be set as short as possible.
PAGE 769
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01036 (A) ACX: Parameter back-up file missing Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: When downloading the device parameterization, a parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.ACX associated with a drive object cannot be found. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file yyy = 001 ...
PAGE 770
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): dcba hex a = yyy in the file names PSxxxyyy.*** a = 000 --> consistency back-up file a = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number a = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file b = xxx in the file names PSxxxyyy.
PAGE 771
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 23: Format illegal. 24: Number of values not consistent. 108: Unit unknown. Additional values: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - enter the correct value in the specified parameter. - identify the parameter that restricts the limits of the specified parameter.
PAGE 772
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the parameters displayed in r9406 up to r9408, and correct these if required. - Restore the factory setting using (p0970 = 1) and re-load the project into the drive unit. Then save the parameterization in STARTER using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0971 = 1. This overwrites the incorrect parameter files in the non-volatile memory – and the alarm is withdrawn.
PAGE 773
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01067 Buffer memory: 100 % fill level reached Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The non-volatile buffer memory for parameter changes is filled to 100%. All additional parameter changes will no longer be taken into account in the non-volatile buffer memory. However, parameter changes can still be made in the volatile memory (RAM).
PAGE 774
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01073 (N) POWER ON required for backup copy on memory card Message class: General drive fault (19) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The parameter assignment on the visible partition of the memory card has changed. In order that the backup copy on the memory card is updated on the non-visible partition, it is necessary to carry out a POWER ON or hardware reset (p0972) of the Control Unit.
PAGE 775
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 4: A new file could not be created on the memory card. 5: A new file could not be written on the memory card. Remedy: - try to save again. - replace the memory card or Control Unit. F01112 CU: Power unit not permissible Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The connected power unit cannot be used together with this Control Unit.
PAGE 776
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01251 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-write data Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Error when reading the read-write data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: For alarm value r2124 < 256, the following applies: - carry out a POWER ON. - replace the Control Unit.
PAGE 777
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 5yy: Internal buffer overflow for net data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection. 6yy: Internal buffer overflow for receive data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection. 7yy: Internal buffer overflow for send data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection. 8yy: The component clock cycles cannot be combined with one another 900: The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system is too high to be determined.
PAGE 778
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01511 (A) BICO: Interconnection with different scalings Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and BICO input using the reference values. - the BICO output has different normalized units than the BICO input.
PAGE 779
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A01514 (F) BICO: Error when writing during a reconnect Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: During a reconnect operation (e.g. while booting or downloading - but can also occur in normal operation) a parameter was not able to be written to.
PAGE 780
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the bus configuration on the master and the slave sides. For alarm value = 2: Check the number of data words for input and output. For alarm value = 211: Ensure offline version <= online version.
PAGE 781
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F01946 (A) PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher aborted Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The connection to at least one Publisher for PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer in cyclic operation has been aborted. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection aborted. ...
PAGE 782
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02057 Trace: Time slice clock cycle invalid Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices. Remedy: Enter an existing time slice clock cycle. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.
PAGE 783
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02063 Trace: Invalid data type Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The specified data type to select a signal using a physical address is invalid. Remedy: Use a valid data type.
PAGE 784
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 3: data save operation to slow. - a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved. - writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save. 4: Data save operation canceled. - for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found. Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card. - use a larger memory card.
PAGE 785
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A02150 OA: Application cannot be loaded Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The system was not able to load an OA application. Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal): 16: The interface version in the DCB user library is not compatible to the DCC standard library that has been loaded. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 786
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms yy = 1: The action p7770 = 1 is not supported by this version if Drive Control Chart (DCC) is activated for the drive object concerned. yy = 2: The data length of the specified application is not the same in the NVRAM and the backup. yy = 3: The data checksum in p7774 is not correct. yy = 4: No data available to load. Remedy: - Perform the remedy according to the results of the troubleshooting. - if necessary, start the action again.
PAGE 787
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A03520 (F, N) Temperature sensor fault Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred. It is expected that one of the following temperature sensors is connected via an analog input: - LG-Ni1000 (p0756[2...3] = 6) - PT1000 (p0756[2...3] = 7) - DIN Ni 1k (p0756[2...
PAGE 788
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the following: - is the ambient temperature within the defined limit values? - has the fan failed? Check the direction of rotation. A05003 (N) Power unit: Internal overtemperature Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For chassis power units, the following applies: The alarm threshold for internal overtemperature has been reached.
PAGE 789
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F06310 (A) Supply voltage (p0210) incorrectly parameterized Message class: Network fault (2) Reaction: NONE (OFF1, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The measured DC voltage lies outside the tolerance range after precharging has been completed. Permissible range: 1.16 * p0210 < r0070 < 1.6 * p0210 Note: The fault can only be acknowledged when the drive is switched off.
PAGE 790
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - reduce the motor load. - check the ambient temperature and the motor ventilation. - check the wiring and the connection of the PTC or bimetallic NC contact. See also: p0604, p0605, p0612, p0625, p0626, p0627, p0628 A07012 (N) Drive: Motor temperature model 1/3 overtemperature Message class: Motor overload (8) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The motor temperature model 1/3 identified that the alarm threshold was exceeded.
PAGE 791
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly. - check the parameterization (p0601).
PAGE 792
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 37: Source parameter for a BICO interconnection was not able to be determined. 38: An index was set for a non-indexed (or CDS-dependent) parameter. 39: No index was set for an indexed parameter. 41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN. 42: A value not equal to 0 or 1 was set for a BitOperation. 43: Reading the parameter to be changed by the BitOperation was unsuccessful.
PAGE 793
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms In these cases, when the minimum limit is violated then the parameter value is rounded up and when the maximum limited is violated the parameter value is rounded down. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Diagnostics parameter r9451 to display all parameters whose value had to be adapted.
PAGE 794
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07300 (A) Drive: Line contactor feedback signal missing Message class: Auxiliary unit faulted (20) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: - the line contactor was not able to be closed within the time in p0861. - the line contactor was not able to be opened within the time in p0861. - the line contactor dropped out during operation - the line contactor has closed although the drive converter is switched off.
PAGE 795
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07320 Drive: Automatic restart interrupted Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: - the specified number of restart attempts (p1211) has been completely used up because within the monitoring time (p1213) the faults were not able to be acknowledged. The number of restart attempts (p1211) is decremented at each new start attempt.
PAGE 796
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07332 Flying restart: maximum speed reduced Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The maximum speed that can be reached is reduced; at very high speeds problems associated with the flying restart can be encountered. Possible causes: - power ratio, power unit/motor too high Remedy: Parameter changes are not required.
PAGE 797
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Not necessary. The alarm is automatically withdrawn after forming has been completed (r3382.2 = 1). See also: r3382 (Forming status word) A07400 (N) Drive: DC link voltage maximum controller active Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The DC link voltage controller has been activated because the upper switch-in threshold has been exceeded (r1242, r1282).
PAGE 798
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07406 (N, A) Drive: Kinetic buffering maximum time exceeded Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF3 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF2, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The maximum buffer time (p1255 and p1295 for vector drives with U/f control) has been exceeded without the line supply having returned. Remedy: Check the time threshold for Vdc-min controller (kinetic buffering) (p1255, p1295).
PAGE 799
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07416 Drive: Flux controller configuration Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The configuration of the flux control (p1401) is contradictory. Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal): ccbbaaaa hex aaaa = Parameter bb = Index cc = fault cause 1: Quick magnetizing (p1401.6) for soft starting (p1401.0).
PAGE 800
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07428 (N) Technology controller parameterizing error Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The technology controller has a parameterizing error. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): 1: The upper output limit in p2291 is set lower than the lower output limit in p2292. Remedy: For alarm value = 1: Set the output limit in p2291 higher than in p2292.
PAGE 801
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07438 (A) Free tec_ctrl 2 actual value limited Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The actual value for the free technology controller 2 has reached the limit. The signal source for the actual value is set via connector input p11264. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: The actual value has reached the upper limit.
PAGE 802
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07800 Drive: No power unit present Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit parameters cannot be read or no parameters are stored in the power unit. Note: This fault also occurs if an incorrect topology was selected in the commissioning software and this parameterization is then downloaded to the Control Unit.
PAGE 803
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07805 (N) Drive: Power unit overload I2t Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Alarm threshold for I2t overload (p0294) of the power unit exceeded. The response parameterized in p0290 becomes active. See also: p0290 (Power unit overload response) Remedy: - reduce the continuous load. - adapt the load duty cycle. - check the assignment of the motor and power unit rated currents.
PAGE 804
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07810 Drive: Power unit EEPROM without rated data Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: No rated data are stored in the power unit EEPROM. See also: p0205, r0206, r0207, r0208, r0209 Remedy: Replace the power unit or inform Siemens Customer Service.
PAGE 805
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07861 (A) External fault 2 Message class: External measured value / signal state outside the permissible range (16) Reaction: OFF2 (IASC/DCBRK, NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON) Cause: The condition for "External fault 2" is satisfied. Note: The "External fault 2" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2107. See also: p2107 (External fault 2) Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault. - acknowledge fault.
PAGE 806
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07893 Drive: Load monitoring pump leakage Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The load monitoring is configured for a pump (p2193 = 4). The monitoring function detects a leak in the pump circuit. In this case, the pump requires a torque that is lower than in normal operation to pump the reduced quantity.
PAGE 807
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07900 (N, A) Drive: Motor blocked Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1, OFF3, STOP2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: Motor has been operating at the torque limit longer than the time specified in p2177 and below the speed threshold in p2175. This signal can also be triggered if the speed is oscillating and the speed controller output repeatedly goes to its limit.
PAGE 808
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07903 Drive: Motor speed deviation Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The absolute value of the speed difference from the setpoint (p2151) and the speed actual value (r2169) exceeds the tolerance threshold (p2163) longer than tolerated (p2164, p2166). The alarm is only enabled for p2149.0 = 1. Possible causes: - the load torque is greater than the torque setpoint.
PAGE 809
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07921 Drive: Torque/speed too high Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: For p2193 = 1: The torque deviates from the torque/speed envelope characteristic (too high). For p2193 = 2: The speed signal from the external encoder (refer to p3230) deviates from the speed (r2169) (too high). Remedy: - check the connection between the motor and load.
PAGE 810
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07926 Drive: Envelope curve parameter invalid Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Invalid parameter values were entered for the envelope characteristic of the load monitoring.
PAGE 811
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07936 Drive: load failure Message class: Application/technological function faulted (17) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2, OFF3) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The load monitoring has detected a load failure. Remedy: - check the sensor. - if necessary, deactivate the load monitoring (p2193).
PAGE 812
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07969 Drive: Incorrect pole position identification Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the pole position identification routine. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Current controller limited 2: Motor shaft locked. 10: Stage 1: The ratio between the measured current and zero current is too low.
PAGE 813
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07980 Drive: Rotating measurement activated Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The rotating measurement (automatic speed controller optimization) is activated. The rotating measurement is carried out at the next switch-on command. Note: During the rotating measurement it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971).
PAGE 814
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms For fault value = 6: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or minimum limiting (p1080). For fault value = 7: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or suppression (skip) bandwidths (p1091 ... p1094, p1101). For fault value = 8: - adapt the speed setpoint (p1961) or maximum limit (p1082, p1083 and p1086). For fault value = 9, 10: - the measurement was carried out at an operating point where the load torque is too high.
PAGE 815
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Note: The moment of inertia identification routine can be disabled using p1959.2. See also: p1959 (Rotating measurement configuration) F07985 Drive: Speed controller optimization (oscillation test) Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF1 (NONE, OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the vibration test.
PAGE 816
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F07990 Drive: Incorrect motor data identification Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF2 (NONE, OFF1) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: A fault has occurred during the identification routine. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): 1: Current limit value reached. 2: Identified stator resistance lies outside the expected range 0.1 ... 100% of Zn.
PAGE 817
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A07994 (F, N) Drive: motor data identification not performed Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The "Vector control" mode or application class "Standard Drive Control, STC" (p0096 = 1) has been selected, and a motor data identification has still not been performed.
PAGE 818
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: Check the receive configuration data. For alarm value = 2: - check the number of data words for output and input. A08526 (F) PROFINET: No cyclic connection Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: There is no connection to a PROFINET controller. Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the controller with cyclic operation.
PAGE 819
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 2: The master no longer interrogated the CAN node status longer than for its "life time". The "life time" is obtained from the "guard time" (p8604[0]) multiplied by the "life time factor" (p8604[1]). - bus cable interrupted. - bus cable not connected. - incorrect baud rate. - incorrect bit timing. - master fault. Note: The fault response can be set as required using p8641.
PAGE 820
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A08752 CAN: Error counter for error passive exceeded Message class: Communication error to the higher-level control system (9) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The error counter for the send or receive telegrams has exceeded the value 127. Remedy: - check the bus cable - set a higher baud rate (p8622). - check the bit timing and if required optimize (p8623).
PAGE 821
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A08756 CAN: Number of mapped bytes exceeded Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The number of bytes of the mapped objects exceeds the telegram size for net data. A max. of 8 bytes is permissible. Remedy: Map fewer objects or objects with a smaller data type.
PAGE 822
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: The alarm is automatically withdrawn when the energy-saving mode is exited. Note: The energy-saving mode is exited after the following events: - the PROFIenergy command end_pause is received from the higher-level control. - the higher-level control has changed into the STOP operating state. - the PROFINET connection to the higher-level control has been disconnected.
PAGE 823
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F13102 Know-how protection: Consistency error of the protected data Message class: Error in the parameterization / configuration / commissioning procedure (18) Reaction: OFF1 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: An error was identified when checking the consistency of the protected files. As a consequence, the project on the memory card cannot be run.
PAGE 824
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30002 Power unit: DC link voltage overvoltage Message class: DC link overvoltage (4) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has detected an overvoltage condition in the DC link. - motor regenerates too much energy. - line supply voltage too high. - line phase interrupted. - DC link voltage control switched off. - dynamic response of DC link voltage controller excessive or insufficient.
PAGE 825
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Notice: This fault can only be acknowledged after the alarm threshold for alarm A05000 has been undershot. See also: p1800 (Pulse frequency setpoint) F30005 Power unit: Overload I2t Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit was overloaded (r0036 = 100 %). - the permissible rated power unit current was exceeded for an inadmissibly long time.
PAGE 826
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Bit 8: Rectifier 1 Bit 9: Rectifier 2 Remedy: Contact the manufacturer. F30013 Power unit: Temperature sensor heat sink short-circuit Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF1 (OFF2) Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The heat sink temperature sensor in the power unit is short-circuited.
PAGE 827
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms - motor load too high - power unit defective. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): Bit 0: Phase U Bit 1: Phase V Bit 2: Phase W Remedy: - check the motor data. - check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta). - check the motor load. - check the power cable connections. - check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault. - check the length of the power cables. - replace power unit.
PAGE 828
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the fiber-optic cable and if required, replace. - check the power supply of the IGBT gating module (24 V). - check the power cable connections. - select the defective semiconductor and replace. F30024 Power unit: Overtemperature thermal model Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The temperature difference between the heat sink and chip has exceeded the permissible limit value.
PAGE 829
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 5) The precharging resistors are overheated as there were too many precharging operations per time unit. 6) The precharging resistors are overheated as the DC link capacitance is too high. 7) The DC link has either a ground fault or a short-circuit. 8) Precharging circuit may be defective. Fault value (r0949, interpret binary): yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = power unit state 0: Fault status (wait for OFF and fault acknowledgment). 1: Restart inhibit (wait for OFF).
PAGE 830
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A30030 Power unit: Internal overtemperature alarm Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The temperature inside the drive converter has exceeded the permissible temperature limit. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - possibly use an additional fan.
PAGE 831
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A30033 Power unit: Hardware current limiting in phase W Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: Hardware current limit for phase W responded. The pulsing in this phase is inhibited for one pulse period. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - fault in the motor or in the power cables. - the power cables exceed the maximum permissible length. - motor load too high - power unit defective.
PAGE 832
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30036 Power unit: Internal overtemperature Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The temperature inside the drive converter has exceeded the permissible temperature limit. - insufficient cooling, fan failure. - overload. - ambient temperature too high. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - check whether the fan is running.
PAGE 833
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms A30049 Power unit: Internal fan faulty Message class: Auxiliary unit faulted (20) Reaction: NONE Acknowledge: NONE Cause: The internal fan has failed. Remedy: Check the internal fan and replace if necessary.
PAGE 834
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30059 Power unit: Internal fan faulty Message class: Auxiliary unit faulted (20) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The internal power unit fan has failed and is possibly defective. Remedy: Check the internal fan and replace if necessary.
PAGE 835
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms 1 hex: The Control Unit was withdrawn from the Power Module during operation, although the encoderless safe motion monitoring functions are enabled. This is not supported. After re-inserting the Control Unit in operation, communications to the Power Module no longer possible. 20A hex: The Control Unit was inserted on a Power Module, which has another code number.
PAGE 836
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30081 Power unit: Switching operations too frequent Message class: Power electronics faulted (5) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation. - closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized. - motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame). - U/f operation: Up ramp set too low. - U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
PAGE 837
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on). - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support. F30664 Error while booting Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An error has occurred during booting. Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal): Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
PAGE 838
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms F30809 Power unit: Switching information not valid Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: IMMEDIATELY Cause: For 3P gating unit, the following applies: Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on) for all components. The last switching status word in the setpoint telegram is identified by the end ID. Such an end ID was not found. - upgrade firmware to later version. - contact Technical Support.
PAGE 839
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly. - replace the sensor. F30950 Power unit: Internal software error Message class: Hardware/software error (1) Reaction: OFF2 Acknowledge: POWER ON Cause: An internal software error has occurred. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Information about the fault source. Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
PAGE 840
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms Remedy: - check the required interface configuration (p8920 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8925). or - reconfigure the station via the "Edit Ethernet node" screen form (e.g. with STARTER commissioning software).
PAGE 841
4 Faults and alarms 4.2 List of faults and alarms If the value >= r20003, then the sampling time is set to the next higher or the same software sampling time >= r21003. Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal): Number of the p20000 index of the run-time group where the sampling time is incorrectly set. Number of the run-time group = fault value + 1 Remedy: - correctly set the sampling time of the run-time group. - if required, take all of the blocks from the run-time group.
PAGE 842
4 Faults and alarms 4.
PAGE 843
A Appendix Content A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) 844 A.
PAGE 844
A Appendix A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of ASCII characters that can be displayed (printable).
PAGE 845
A Appendix A.
PAGE 846
A Appendix A.
PAGE 847
A Appendix A.2 List of abbreviations A.2 List of abbreviations Note The following list of abbreviations includes all abbreviations and their meanings used in the entire SINAMICS family of drives.
PAGE 848
A Appendix A.
PAGE 849
A Appendix A.
PAGE 850
A Appendix A.
PAGE 851
A Appendix A.
PAGE 852
A Appendix A.
PAGE 853
A Appendix A.
PAGE 854
A Appendix A.
PAGE 855
A Appendix A.
PAGE 856
A Appendix A.
PAGE 857
Index Numbers 1020 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 558 1021 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 559 1022 Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 560 1030 Handling BICO technology, 561 2201 Connection overview, 563 2221 Digital inputs, electrically isolated (DI 0 ... DI 5), 564 2242 Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 2), 565 2251 Analog inputs 0 ... 1 (AI 0 ... AI 1), 566 2252 Analog input 2 (AI 2), 567 2256 Digital inputs (DI 11 ... DI 12), 568 2261 Analog outputs 0 ... 1 (AO 0 ...
PAGE 858
Index 2513 Supplementary control word (r0055), 614 2522 Status word, speed controller (r1407), 615 2526 Status word, closed-loop control (r0056), 616 2530 Status word, current control (r1408), 617 2534 Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197), 618 2536 Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198), 619 2537 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199), 620 2546 Control word, faults/alarms (r2138), 621 2548 Status word, faults/alarms 1 and 2 (r2139 and r2135), 622 2610 Sequence control - Sequencer, 623 2634
PAGE 859
Index 6792 Interface to the Power Module (RESM, p0300 = 6xx, p0096 = 0), 664 6797 Closed-loop DC quantity control (ASM, p0300 = 1, PM230/PM240), 665 6799 Display signals, 666 6820 Speed control and generation of the torque limits, overview (p0096 = 2), 675 6821 Current control, overview (p0096 = 2), 676 6822 Speed setpoint, precontrol balancing, acceleration model (p0096 = 2), 677 6824 Speed controller with Kp_n/Tn_n adaptation) (p0096 = 2), 678 6826 Torque setpoint (p0096 = 2), 679 6827 Vdc_max controller
PAGE 860
Index 7230 MFP 0 ... 3, PCL 0 ... 1, 713 7232 PDE 0 ... 3, 714 7233 PDF 0 ... 3, 715 7234 PST 0 ... 1, 716 7240 RSR 0 ... 2, DFR 0 ... 2, 717 7250 BSW 0 ... 1, NSW 0 ... 1, 718 7260 LIM 0 ... 1, 719 7262 PT1 0 ... 1, 720 7264 INT 0, DIF 0, 721 7270 LVM 0 ...
PAGE 861
Index Alarm Cause, 759 Display, 752 Explanation of list, 755 Fault location, 756 General, 752 How to distinguish an alarm from a fault, 752 List of all alarms, 763 Message class, 756 Message value, 756 Name, 756 Number, 755 Number range, 761 Remedy, 760 Alarm value, 759 ASCII table, 844 Axxxx, 755 B BI, Binector Input, 14 BICO technology, 561 Binector Input (BI), 14 Output (BO), 14 Bit field (parameter), 21 BO, Binector Output, 14 Bypass, 699 C Calculated, 15 Can be changed (parameters), 17 CANopen, 593
PAGE 862
Index E Function diagrams, diagnostics Alarm buffer, 744 Fault buffer, 743 Faults/alarms configuration, 746 Faults/alarms trigger word (r2129), 745 F Overview, 742 Function diagrams, Dynamic Drive Control Factory setting, 20 Closed-loop DC quantity control (ASM, p0300 = 1, Fault PM240, p0096 = 2), 693 Acknowledgment, 754, 759 Current control, overview (p0096 = 2), 676 Cause, 759 Current setpoint (p0096 = 2), 682 Display, 752 Current/power/torque limits (p0096 = 2), 681 Explanation of list, 755 Field weake
PAGE 863
Index Status word, monitoring functions 1 (r2197), 618 Function diagrams, free function blocks Status word, monitoring functions 2 (r2198), 619 ADD 0 ... 2, 708 Status word, monitoring functions 3 (r2199), 620 AND 0 ... 3, 704 Status word, sequence control (r0899), 609 AVA 0 ... 1, 710 Status word, speed controller (r1407), 615 BSW 0 ... 1, 718 Supplementary control word (r0055), 614 DFR 0 ... 2, 717 Function diagrams, PROFIdrive, EtherNet/IP DIF 0, 721 EtherNet/IP - control word / status word DIV 0 ...
PAGE 864
Index Function diagrams, signals and monitoring functions Load monitoring (Part 1), 734 Load monitoring (Part 2), 735 Monitoring functions, 740 Motor temperature model 1 (I2t), 737 Motor temperature model 2, 738 Motor blocked/stalled, 733 Overview, 730 Speed signals 1, 731 Speed signals 2, 732 Thermal monitoring motor, motor temperature status word faults/alarms, 736 Thermal monitoring, power module, 739 Function diagrams, Standard Drive Control U/f control, characteristic and voltage boost (p0096 = 1), 66
PAGE 865
Index J O Jogging, 630 OFF1, 753 OFF1_DELAYED, 753 OFF2, 753 OFF3, 753 K Kp/Tn adaptation Technology controller, 728 L Linked parameters, 13 List Abbreviations, 847 ASCII table, 844 Binector inputs (BI parameters), 534 Binector outputs (BO parameters), 538 Command data sets, 524 Connector inputs (CI parameters), 536 Connector outputs (CO parameters), 540 Connector/binector outputs (CO/BO parameters), 543 Drive data sets, 526 Faults and alarms, 763 Message ranges, 761 Motor data sets, 531 Parameter ran
PAGE 866
Index R T Reaction to faults, 753 Resetting faults, 759 rxxxx, 13 Technology controller, 723 Technology functions, 694 S U/f control, 635 U/f control, Standard Drive Control (p0096 = 1), 667 Unit (parameter), 18 Safety instructions Fundamental, 7 General, 8 Industrial security, 9 Safety instructions (parameter), 21 Setpoint channel, 625 Signals and monitoring functions, 729 Staging, 700 Status words Internal, 607 STOP2, 753 866 U V Values (parameter), 20 Vector control, 635 Vector control, Dynamic
PAGE 867
PAGE 868
Siemens AG Digital Factory Motion Control Postfach 3180 91050 ERLANGEN GERMANY Find out more on SINAMICS G120P by scanning the QR code.